VOL. 127, PART 1 The Society celebrates

31 MAY, 2003 150 years in 2004

Transactions of the

Royal Society of South

Australia

Incorporated

Contents

Wiebkin, O. W. A reason to celebrate one hundred and fifty years of science

in South Australia = ]

McArthur, A. J. New species of Camponotus (Hymenoptera: Formicidae)

from Australia - - 3

Kayaalp, A. 8S. & Bye, J. A. T. The water = salt balance of the reservoir

catchments of the Mount Lofty Ranges, South Australia = — 15

Whittock, S., Steane, D. A., Vaillancourt, R. E. & Potts, B. M. Molecular

evidence shows that the tropical boxes SERIE HS

Subgenus Minutifructus) are over-tranked -— -— = 27

Ross, K. E., Bidwell, J. R., Williams, M. & Boland, J. Trace metals seatkaniae

with seston collected from Spencer Gulf, South Australia,

near a lead smelter: spatial distribution, temporal ee

and uptake by bivalves ~ = - 33

Richards, S. J. & Burton, T. C. A new species of Choerophryne Sa NAE

Microhylidae) from Southern Highlands Province, eee

New Guinea 47

Timms, B. V. & Geddes, M. C. The Fairy Shrimp genus Branc Ta =

1903 (Crustacea: Anostraca: Thamnocephalidae) in South

Australia and the Northern Territory, including descriptions

of three new species = -— - - - ~- = = = 53

PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL. 127, PART 1

FROM THE ROYAL SOCIETY ROOMS

A REASON TO CELEBRATE

ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY YEARS OF SCIENCE

IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Summary

“... the birth of a lusty infant ...” This was Dr. R. S. Roger’s evocation of the South

Australian Institute in his Presidential Address as published in the Transactions and

Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia in 1922. Further, in his definitive

History of the Society, he described how its “junior member”, the Adelaide

Philosophical Society, was fawned on January 10" 1853, one hundred and fifty years

ago. Eventually, that Adelaide Philosophical Society had bestowed upon it the Royal

patronage, a status that we, as the Royal Society of South Australia Inc., have proudly

maintained for nearly one and a quarter centuries.

Franses af the Royal Sactery af S. Ause (2004), E27) 1-4

FROM THE ROYAL SOCIETY ROOMS

A REASON TO CELEBRATE

ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY YEARS OF SCIENCE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Preamble

‘athe birth of a lusiv infant.. 7 This was Dr ks.

Rovers’s evocation of the South Australiana Institute

in his: PreswWential Address a. published tthe

‘Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society

af South Australia in 1922. Further. in bis definiuve

Lhistory of the Society, he deseribes how its “junior

member. the Adelaide Philusophieal Society, Wis

lawned of kunuary (Oth (853. one hundred ane Ailty

years avo, Eventually. that Adelarde Philosophical

Society had bestowed upon it the Royal patronage. a

stals (hat we, as the Royal Society of South

Australia Tne,. have proudly maintained lor nearly

one and a quetier cenuuries,

Traditionally, edeh new volume of the Transactions

ot the Rayal Society of South Australia has. in its

business-like way, daunehed straight mite a

presentation of scientific nevelly on page one.

Unashamedly. the ultimate page of the Transactions

Is generally the last page of a Boef Communication

(hal represents some “breaking” screntilie

knowledge, Only when the occasion wises, have the

liditors added an obituary to eelebrate the

outstanding eareer id science ola recently deceased

Fellow of the Soviety,

Today. we break with that format, We have opened

the first Volume of the Transachons for 2003 with a

celebration of our Soeicty’s infuney and adolescence.

Council suggested that Eo prepare that eclebrition.

Particularly. T intend to celebrate the importance 9

suine of the carly contributors to our establishment.

Whilst that establishment occurred ina colony

inured Front Londen to’. diffiise useful Knowledge

among the colonists... dts critical mass ol

population would have only had a dimited intrinsic

poolol intellectual diversity. T hope that my Pocus on

these early bewonings will stimulate an emergence

of some of our present Bellows to become charged

with similar invigeruting inttidtives or a greater

invelvement In the Royal Society of South Australia

of the fwenly Grst century. Notably, such imitiatives

might be virned at our Soeiety’s current need to

disseminue aw yvreaer excitement of sciemtilic

curiosity to a veneral community whose quest for

knowledge clearly remains unfulfilled. Perhaps such

indiatives might involve management or poliy-

mitking within the Society, Gur need for help with a

ringe of aspeels of our publicatigns is always a

priority, Alternatively, our readers may be moved to

auement or drive w novel approach to the seientitic

programme, Personally, Tap particularly interested

in cheouraging our younger Fellows ta realise thei

worth, Indeed. while the average uze of our

Fellowship night be considered us ‘mature’. the

sentlemen who latnehed (he Society were, in fel.

very young.

The Birth of a Vision

In 1853, five ventlemen gathered 1 Me John Lb,

Young’s house in Stephen's Place. Adelaide. to

formally establish a Suciely “.... lor the diseussion

of all subjeets connected with science, Hterature iid

the urts”,

Young, togeiher with the Chairman of this

preliminary mecuny. Jolin Howard Clark. a tormer

cdilor Of The Register, had been fellow students at

King’s College. London, Both Were 23 years of age

Although Young was a professional engineer, tis

first position afler His arrival im South Australie in

October [SSO was gs din Assistant-master in the

newly founded propnetury High School of the S.4

Company's premises on North Terrace. Later, he

opened a school in Ehernever Place. off Runule

Street Eust. Clark was the first Honorary Secretary of

the infant Society and held that olhee for nie years,

Then. a glotton for challenge, he heluf a position of

Hon Treasurer tor eleven yours —a difficult period

during an economic depression. Ironically, on the

celebration of the Twenty Fifth Anniversary of the

Philosophical Society of Adelaide on September

30th 1878, shortly before Royal aecession. his death

had to be recorded by the Commer.

Also. in attendance af the three preliminary

meetings al Yous hottse, as well as at the

inaugural gathering ta iuineh the Society, was

Charles Gregory. Feimuighe. He was it 35 year old BA

eraduate fram Trinity College. Dublin whose qune

appears for the Hest time in the Seuth Australian

Almunae for 185) as the Headinester of the High

Sehool, He is cited as the originator of the scheme ta

launch the Saviety.

Dr Willam Grosse ahd a My Jones, whose history

is obscure, mnude up the remuining members of the

inaugurating committee. Afier being co-opted its

Vice-Presidentin 1355. us well as presenting a paper

on Respurution in Auposr, Grosse was still recorded

as a full member twenty five years later, This record

appeared in the format of the first issue ob the

: IS0 YEARS UP SCIENCE IN SOUTHIANUSTIRAL TA

Trunsactions and Proewedings of the Philosophical

Society lie ps fot toe dissimiker from the

“Lrimsuetions of the Reval Soerety of South Australian

Inc Today. Noniely presentutiaims to the Society

“appear as fully peerreviewed, Council-ipproved

papers. The Transactions hive ventinued to be

published ever sine.

By January 1854 the infant Sociery had grown to

(hirty-five members, it had. properly constituted set

of Rules aie it had adopted its first Anti Report,

Arnong its Olficers it hawk alfracted Fis Pxeelleney

Si Ph) Youoy as President.

‘The Men

Ih uddition oy) committing their effort to huth rhe

fortnation and onwotn contributions ts the meetings

of (he Philosophical Society, these youre men Were

more Chan just academic. Both Young and Feinaigte

were “seiaed with gold fever and went lo the

Victorian Digeings™, Another founding Member,

Edward Davy, “a versatile deere. 2) fad oS,

Already been recownised, ...7, back in England. “...

usa formidable rivaltu....Cooke and Wheutstone in

(legruphy’. Once in Adelaide, he pursued a

carver as a juurmulist and was editor of The Adelaide

Pyiuer, Later he was a mitmager of the Yatala

Copper Smelring works and wis Controller of the

Government Assay Olfiee where gold tokens were

being coined for the lirst time in Australie Shortly

Wer iis he heeume a farmer and then pan a

wiUeshow,

W.W.R, Whiridge wis a journalist and pastoralist

ard, beh (he edlitoy of the Avis Bxaniier and

subsequently of The Register, he advocated the

Value. und proceed the ari. of publicity: especially

of the papers at the Adehide Philosuphical Society.

Not only was hed very Jilerary man whe presented

an ert pauper on Cussius Lenginus The

Philosophers Cyite in Pebruary, 1854, but mm Ps5Y,

he lalked on “cat lew experiments mide by the

writer... on"... Ozonometric Slindurds,...°) Sadly

he died a the age al 36 vears,

Among these founding members. the premier

renaissuinve mil must be awarded ta Mr Bo Hersehel

Babbage, Among his papers read aver the first five

yore OF reported mectings, Babbage’s inclided one

on The Art of the Duguerrealyping”, Olhers ranged

from ~*~) Mereerolevical Observations’. through

“The Presence of Basie and ‘Trap Rovks in Cold

Formation im the Colony and “Phe Connection

Berween Deficient Motise-drainage and Disease”

Historieaty. his dettiled discussion abouta praposcd

Fapedition into the Interior was of polities!

significunes and it was (he Lord Bishop of Adelaige

who moved the vole cot thanks! This diversity is

perhaps ulsurprisiny when one recalls that thts

Babbuse’s father was the oneted! Enetish

malhermauichin. conlroyerstalist vad father al the

vonputer. Charles Babbage.

To enliven the diversity of our own titles. out

Proerunane Ollicer muy like ty lake note al iyo

abstracts in P¥54 ind 1835, Charles Davies spoke on

“Spontumeous Combustion’ and Huan

Spontaneous Combustion!

The “Continement” Before (he Birth

and Post-parturition

The preearsers to the formation of the Adelaide

Philosophical Society cum be fraced back fo the

Adelph) Chambers. London in August 1834 when the

South Austritain Literary and Scientific Asseciunlon

wis fended (a fortnight alter the Colony had

recelved Royal assent), Alter various misadyentires, a

library chest oF somewhal darmaged books eventually

wrived in Adelaide. together with the Royal Charter

lor the Colony. The stile of such goods and the delay:

in awnival, did pet augur well for the suceess of the

Association and. indeed, further meetings in South

Australia soon ceased. Over the nest ten turbulent

years, allempts to develop “The Adelaide Mechanics’

Instilute” faifed. This Institute wits developed alone

the similar tines lo the bodies of mechanies that had

heen formed baek in Briktin by the Quaker George

Birkbeck. “These Insdtites were deemed to tiprove

(he souls ad the earning capacity of mechinies, The

very elilish middle class, Adeluide Subscription

Library was ase fistituted, [loo was modelled on the

hest English examples with high subscriptions and

exclisive membership. The perspicacious Charles

Mann, Crown Solicitor intellectual and subsequently

i Member of the embryonic Philosaphical Society,

had identlied that the pressure of employment

nevessury for carly estiblishtment of inimignaion in

the new colony had been responsible tor the demise of

the South Australian Literniry and Seientilie

Association, Hts view now uppled to the Adelaide

Subscription Library, ‘This august body simytarly

declined, However. by 1848. Tollowing un upproach

by the Mechinics Institute, an amalsamutin

surprisingly uve rise, even aller some early

rismanwernient, ta the o lusty tnlint., oO. the South

Austrian Instilate. Incorponition of the six-year old

Philosophical Society wilh te wis effected in 1859

While the litison was not wholly advanhigeeus 19 the

Philosophival Society. i haa estiblished itsell as a

presenter OF material of high standard Upavards of

300) papers had been read by IS70 at nearly 170

mectings, Moreover bilef absteaets of the

‘Tripsactions of the Philosophical Society, appeared

during a periad of inconsistent annual reporting as

uppendices in the Annual Reports of the South

Australi Instiute,

150 YEARS OF SCUENCE IN SOUTIL AUSTRALIA 3

Celebrate and Commit

So, pulling aside the difficulties that the infant

Society endured, up until its accession to become the

Royul Society of South Australia, we can celebrate

2003, with some historic pride, as the one hundred

and fiftieth anniversary of the inception of our

predecessor in 1853.

Perhaps, during the next 27 years. before our Royal

patronage of 1X80 can be formally celebrated, we

can be jolied into ensuring that we bow build on the

firm toot-hold that our predecessors have provided

us Over the past 150 years. We must square up to the

challenge that we have recently confirmed in the

revision of our Constitution and Rules. The

promotion and diffusion of scientific knowledge

includes

(i) W maintenance of our high standard of

publication,

(ii) high orders of diverse presentahons to our

Fellowship and guests.

(ii) Stronger encouragement to our younger

investigators and

(iv) w commitment through our Fellowship to

widen the benefit to the general community wilh the

fruits of our corporate and individual curiosity.

Inaddressing these aims | would like to see several

developments.

While maintaining the very high quahty of peer

review, the Transactions and other publications

should be made into even more widely accessible

modes of dissemination — by format modification

and electronic availability:

The promotion of our already broad programme of

presentations and meetings needs to be tinlored to

encourage audiences to fecognise the broader

spectrum of interactive knowledge that has become

denied by the more specialist meetings frequented by

many of us practicing scientists, (The raison d'etre of

our Society may even nourish the mumfestation of a

phoenix from the ashes of a defunct ANZAAS!),

Given the huge reservoir of expertise and

experience in our membership, the Royal Society of

South Australia Inc. has a responsibility to generate

4 more recognisable profile and catalyse 4 s(ronger

uuthority between the knowledge bases of the

relevant institutions around the state and ourselves,

und beyond. That responsibility includes addressing

the Optimal way that the contents of our library. 40%

of which is unique within South Australia, can be

accessed.

Finally. while we all acknowledge that a vibrant

and actively developing membership base is crucial,

of more importance is what resource we can offer

ihat membership. We need to be cognisant of what

our resources really are, Acquisition, upgrading and

management of [hose resources are Our Co-Operative

responsibilities. In the current politically correct

vernacular. we might have described our “lusty

infants” as resouree-deprived. Bul they were

endeavour-rich, Can the Royal Society of South

Austraha Ine, mateh their resolve in the next one

hundred and filly years | believe that we can and

will,

So, us we celebrate the resource-rich status that our

forefathers have laid down, cun we take this

opportunity lo ask ourselves what contribution each

can now make to provide the legacy lor the next 27

yeurs towards the celebration of the anniversary of

Royal accession?

Ole W. Wiebkin

President

3/ st May 2003

NEW SPECIES OF CAMPONOTUS (HYMENOPTERA:

FORMICIDAE) FROM AUSTRALIA

By A. J. MCARTHUR*

Summary

McArthur, A. J. (2003) New species of Camponotus (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) from

Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 127(1), 5-14, 31 May, 2003.

Seven new species of Camponotus are described from Australia viz. C. fergusoni, C.

longifacies, C. pawseyi, C. pitjantjatarae, C. rudis, C. scotti and C. simpsoni. They are

compared with species that are similar in appearance viz. C. chalceus Crawley, C.

sponsorum Forel, C. tasmani Forel, C. inflatus Lubbock, C. lownei Forel, C. hartogi

Forel and C. lownei Forel respectively.

Key Words: Formicidae, Formicinae, ant, Camponotus.

Transactions af re Rawal Sockets ap 8. Aust. (2005). (271). SAE

NEW SPECIES OF CAMPONOTUS (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)

FROM AUSTRALIA.

by A. McoAgiiiuie’

Suminary

Me Atri, A J, (2003) New species of Camponotus (Lymenoplera: Formicidae) trom Austrahtu, Huns, Ro See,

Soda, 127, S- bb, 31 May, 2003.

Seven new species of Compunorys are deseribed trom Australia viz. Co fergisani. ©. lengifucies, C. plaveseyt.

C. pitjanypotane. C. rudis, C. scot and C. simpyoni. They are compared with species that are stmilar in

uppeartnee viz, Co ehaleeus Crovley. © speumsorun: Forel CO taymean Forel. ©. influtus Lubbock. CO loynel

Forel €. hactogr Foreland C. fowner Forel respectively,

Kiy Worps: Formicidae. Pormicinaey ant, Comypenctiues.

Introduction

The practical identification of Australian ants to

sub-lamilics and genera has became possible only

recently (Shathick 1999), The stinvless sub family

Formicinae contains the genus Cumponodis and ts

species are found living in large colonies in most

habitats. ‘The taxonomy of Cempononmy is

incomplete: it is perplexing due to its polymorphism

ie. the wide variation in size, shape, pilosily and

mlegument displayed by inajor and miner workers

from the same colony, Ecologists and others using

alitsas indicators encounter mostly minor workers—

{he most numerous caste. In this paper emphasis is

therefore viven to descriptions of minor workers.

Several ultenipts have been made to split

Caumporons speees of the world intg small groups

to facilitate identification, the most thorough: being

where pboul 40 sub-genera or species-groups ure

listed (linery 1925). However some of Emery’s

characters are not readily applicable and many of the

Old Sub-genera. im Cemponcluy are unttastworthy

(Bolton 1998), [tts oulside the scope of this paper lo

ussizn Sub-genera of species-group names here.

Three species-zroups m Carnie in Australia

huve recently been published along with descriptions

of unique characters with which the three species-

woups can be distinguished. These are (1) C.

nivriceps speeres-group. distiiguished by the

anterior margin ofthe clypeus proyecting with a wide

median concavity (MeArthur & Adams 1996). (iC.

miterovephahis species-zroup. by its swollen. fore

ferurs and truncated heads (MeArthur & Shuuuck

2001) and (iii) Co wiederkefiri species-group by J

shaped setae on the underside of the head capsule

(Shattuck & MeArthur 2002), Llowever, Hone of the

new species deseribed herein nor their relatives

‘South Auetabend Wluseum, Nerth Terrace, Adelaide, Seth

Atal alia,

possess characters lo place them in any ofthese three

species-groups. Positive identification of the new

species should be possible from the diagnoses und

descriptions given herein and supported by the

characters in Table Land Figs 12 - 1S. Distribution

maps of the localities oF material examined are

included,

Material

Collectors of manerial examined

AJMOA. J. MeArthur: AJP ALJ. Pootins ALY, AL.

Yen: AMM, A. M2 & M. J, Douulas; AML. A.M.

Leas AMA, A. N Andersen: APS. Aldgate Primary

School; AWE A. W. Forbes: BBL, B, B. Lowery;

BBS, S. Aust. Dept. for Environment & Heritage.

Box & Bulloak Survey: BPI, B. Pike: CL. C. Rekert:

CHW, C. HLS, Watts: CPC, Parkers DC D, Creevey:

DH. 2D. Hirst; DM. D, Merrill; DMR, D, Mackenzie:

DSS, 5. Aust. Dept. for Envirenment & Heriiage.

Deep Swamp Survey: EGM, E.G. Matthews: EML-

S, Aust, Dept. for Environment & Heritage, E. Mt.

Lofty Survey; PMR. Friends Mt. Remarkable CP:

FRS, S. Aust. Deph for Environment & Heritaye.

Flinders Ra. Survey: FSS. S. Aust. Dept. for

Enyironnient & bleritage, Fleurieu Swamp Survey;

GRC, G. & R. Churcher, GCM, GC. Medlin, GPC.

G.E Gross; GPU, G. Pint GUL, G. HH. Love: GK.

G, Kluske; GLH, G, L. Howie, GLU, Gluepot

Survey: GW.G, Weber: HAP. H. A, Potter: JEB. J. b,

Bromell; JOG, J, & D. Gardner, JAR J. A. Portest

JAH, J. A. Herridge; JIM, J) J. MeAreavey; JBE, J,

Berentson: JC. J. Clark: JOB. J.D. Erskine; JDM.

D. Majer: JDM, J. Hinkley: LPT. A. Saent Lvany:

JL, J Landsberg: IMU. J. Mugford: STH. J. Tharmer;

ITO. J, Torna, JWAL J, Wainer: KO, K Ottewell:

KSC. K. Schneider: LIA, L. Jansen; LWA, L.

Wetherill: MA, M, Adams: MGE, M. Gemmell

MLU. M. Ludewins: MTL, S. Aust. Dept Jor

Environment & Ileriige, Mt. Lofty Ra. Survey; MTY,

6 A. J. Me ARTHUR

M. Tyler: NSE, N. L. & S. J. Pargher: OPR. Operation Lillywhite; PMA, P. Magarey: RDR, R. D. Robinson;

Raleigh; PAL, P. Aitken; Pit}, S. Aust. Dept. for REC, R. E. Clay; RFO, R. Foster; RGS, Royal

Environment and Heritage Piyantjatara Lands Survey: © Geographical Soc. Bookmark Survey: RHA. R,

PJF. Po J. Fargher: PJMG, P. J. M. Greenslade; PLI.P Harvey; RHM, R. H. Mew; RHU, R. Hutchinson:

TABLE 1. Morphological characters of the new species, character states dre given in Tale 2 with relevant structures in Figs

1 & 2, Measurements were taken from type specimens.

Major workers Minor workers

Character r, .

- 2 e =

= & = e ‘5 = = son

s 3 #8 & 5 $ &€ & & =

Ss S ££ © F&F FS & S&S FS SF &F & EF

s o io) u u u U u wu U 1) u u wu

heal, sides st xt th «SRIF SRE est sth sti stm xt xt stip PxAr

head, vertex st sl sl sl x st st x x 7“ st x x {x

frontal carinae Ww wW w w n Ww W n n Ww W " W

clypeus, anterjor Vv ¥ V Vv v y v st x x y cr x x

clypeus, pilosity sp sp sp sp sp sp sp pl pl pl sp sp sp sp

clypeus, integument rt ghep ep tp Ip eltp gl h el h Ip Ip Ip gl

clypeus, carina di ab di di di in di di ab in in di di di

pronoium, dorsum x x fx fxm stim fx xX stm Xx sl Ix tka tx Ix

mesonotum Ix x tx x st x tx {x tx x tx Ix fs Tx

metanotum dio win win in w.di owadi in ab ab ith in ab ab in

propodeum, dorsum st x tx st st st tx v v v sl Ix st Ix

angle. © 135 in 35) 135) 100) 135) 1350 135) 140,w 135i 135 100) «135 120

dorsum /declivity 15 in 2 2 =<] 25 | 3 3 3 2 1 2:5 |

node. summit bt sh bt bt sh br sh xX x x bt sh x ht

node, pubescence pl sp pl pl ab ssp sp pl pl pl pl ab sp) ab

selue. pronoun 10 4 >30 6 - 6 20 10 4 >30 6 4 2 20

selae, Mesonolum x 4 =30 «10 6 6 20 5 2 =30 10 6 2 20

selae, propodeum 5 0 230 6 4 6 15 4 1 =30 6 4 ia (5

setae. under head 20 iS 330) 10 0 0) 15 1S 30 0 nt) 0 0)

setae, scape ada pl ad ado adin sp ad akin 45° ad ad addin 40°

setae, mid-tibia m ad pl ad ad addi 45° oad ad 45° ad ad add pl

color, head th th re-bk bk bk re-bk bk bk rebk bk bk bk oo re-bk =o bk

color, scape br rh ore-bk sobr yb th bk bk rb bk br yb rb bk

color, pronotuci be-bk orb ote-bk bk bk oo re-bk bk bk tb bk bk bk =o re-bk bk

color, mesenatum br-bk orbs re-bk bk bk re-bk bk bk rh bk bk bk ore-bk bk

color, propodeum br-bk orb re-bk bk bk ore-bk bk re rb bk-re bk bk ore-bk bk

color, node rb th re-bk bk bk ore-bk bk re br bk-re bk bk = re-bk bk

color. gaster br-bk orb sore-bk bk bk ore-bk bk bk br bk bk bk ore-bk bk

color, legs br vb) ore-bk br yb rb br bk rh bk br yb rb vb

head width mm 2k Wl? 3220 26 22 24 L& 12 O75 15 19 O95 L2. b2

head Jength mm 28 16 3.0 23 2.1 2.3 Ls 14 10 Lo L& 11 4 t2

pronotal width mm 20 14 21 #18 nS 01.5 125 Lis O8<.7) 13 Lo 95 LO LO

TABLE 2. Stares of characters in Table t.

ab absent di distinet n narrow sl mostly straight

ad adpressed tx flatly convex pl plentiful tr tapering to front

bt blunt Ip fine, dense punctations th red brown Vv concave

bk black el glossy re red w wide

br brown h hidden by pubescence rt reticulate 7 convex

cr crenulate in indistinct sh sharp yb yellow brown

cp coarse punctalions a margined sp sparse

NEW SPECIES OF CAMPONOTUS 7

C\ Frontal carinae

Clypeus

Tentorial pits

Nie), Head of Co fanci/eeies minor worker todicuting some

ol iis structure.

Mesosoina

Propdeiin doran

Vetsnoruin Anule

Mesenaiuin,

Hiren tuts re ‘an

dw ]iy uty

t tpt

Vorperden!

‘a

hig 2. Side view ar ¢

some Uf its structure,

fergusant major worker indivaing

Vie 3. Locales of

fergisen material examined

Riot, Riot South Australian Museum Expn.: RIB. R.

J. Bartell: RLE, R, Leys; RRO, R. Robinson: RSB. RK.

S. Bungey; RVS, R. V. Southcott: RWT, R. W. Taylor;

SB. S, Barker, SDS, S. Aust. Dept. for Environment

& Meritage. Sandy Desert Survey; SEF S. Aust.

Dept. for Environment & Hentage, S. E. Fauna

Survey: SEG, Scientific Exploration Group: SEP, S.

Aust. Dept. for Environment & Heritage, S. Eyre

Pen. Survey; SMI, S. Hinkley: SML.S, Aust. Dept

for Environment & Heritage, Sth. Mt. Lofiy Ra.

Survey; SOPS, S. Aust. Dept. for Environment &

Heritage. South Olary Plains Survey, SOS. 5. 0.

Shattuck: TG, T Greaves; THA, T Hands: TH, T

Herbert; TST, T Stegules: TSW. S. Aust. Dept. tor

Environment & Heritage, Tilley Swamp Survey; VS,

S. Aust. Dept. for Environment & Heritage,

Vertebrate Survey: WAM, Western Australian

Museum: WMM, W, M. MeArthur.

Abbreviations of collection locations

ANIC, Australian National Insect Collection,

Canberra, Australian Capitol ‘Territory; SAMA,

South Australian Museum, Adelaide South Australia,

Other abbreviations

CP, Conservation Park; NP. National Park.

Genus Cumponotis Mayr 1861

Characters that enable the new species to be

identified are shown in Table 1, states of characters

in Table 2, explanation of terms in Figs [| & 2.

Diagnoses and brief descriptions of each species

follow,

Camponotus fergusoui sp. nov.

FIGS 2,3, 12

Holotype

One minot worker pinned in SAMA. South

Australia, Ferguson CP, 34° 58'S 138° 39° E, 24th

Qet. 02, G, Weber,

Paraivpes

South Australia. Wolseley, 0.8 km WSW, 36" 22° S

140° 54’ FR, 15th Dec. 95, S. Aust. Dept, for

Environment & Heritage. Box & Bullowk Survey,

One mittor worker pinned in SAMA, two miner

workers pinned if ANIC,

Ofher material exqinined

Localities are shown in Vig, 3. South Australia:

Adelaide, AJM; Adelaide, PMA: Alpana 4 km W,

FRS: Angaston, JALIL Anstey Lill, CP: Bin Bin,

DSS; Bunyeroo Ck. JAF, Carisbrook Res... AJM

PJF; Chain Of Ponds, SB; Conmurra 4.4 km N. SEF;

Coolinda, JMU; Dunggali CP, REC; Frances | kin

M

(80

5

Bat)

"54

Bs

@ O40

:

2 920 CL sponsorium

=| | ad

5 aC longifacies

00

1 es)

Head width mm

(1.60 180

hig 4 Graph showing workers of Cl leneifageies lave

hurrower frontal caringe than warkers of C) sponsorun.

Defmitton af terms is given in Pig, |.

hig 6, Localities of C fonvifacies material examined.

NNb, BBS: Gawler 7 km NbyW, GPG; Gluepot,

SEG; Goolwa tint W, RVS: Melrose, OM; Monarto,

LIA; Montacute, LdA; Mt. Compass 21 km ESE.

FSS: Mundulla 5.6 km SSW, BBS: Murray Bridge.

MLU;: North Adelaide Parklands, DG; Paney, SEP;

Pinkawillinie CP, JAF; Pooginagorie 3,7 km NE,

BBS; Scott Ck.. THA: Sevenhill, BBL; Strathalbyn,

RRO; Summerfield 2.5 km SW, EML: Teatrick,

BBS: Tepko LS km SW. EML: Upper Sturt, JATL

Victor Harbor, SEG, Wattle Institute, AJM RSB:

Warraweena 3 km SSW. SEG; Wolseley 2.8 km

WSW. BBS. Victoria: Ararat, GPE, Walpeup, ALY.

Worker diagnosis

Similar to ©. chaleeus (Crawley 1915). Minor

workers distinguished by a covering of very fine

dense white pubescence covering the reticulate

integument whereas in CL chaleeuy pubescence 1s

sparse, integument finely punctate: both teostly

ALJ MeARTITUR

200

5

& 1.460

3

oy

Gq

—

3B 120

8 x CL sponsornm

= ( Jongifacies

OBO

Loo 1.50 200

Head width oom

O50

ig, 5. Graph showing minor workers of C. longifdcies have

longer heads than CL sponserum but the opposite prevails

in major workers. Definition of terms is given in Fig. b-

black. mesosoma usually with some red: propodeal

dorsum concave,

Worker description

Major worker. Head sides straight, weakly tapering

to the front, vertex straight; clypeus with a few fine

long setae, without pubescence; weakly projecting

forward, anterior margin evenly concave: metanotun)

a distinct furrow; node parallel front and back,

summit blunt; propodeal spiracle clongated:

mesosomia and node covered with white fine short

jdpressed pubescence.

Minor worker. Head sides straight, tapering to the

lront, vertex convex; clypeus anterior margin median

section wide, nearly straight, projecting forward,

dense pubescence nearly hiding the integument:

pronotum, mesonotum and half propodeum form an

even convexity; node with a long flatly convex

summul, Also see Table |,

Biology

Minor workers observed leaving and returning, to

nest during the day. The heads of major workers were

sometimes. observed blocking a nest enttance in

heavy soil (G, Weber pers. comm, 2003).

Etymology

Named after Ferguson Conservation Park, South

Australia,

Camponotus longifiacies sp. nov.

PIGS 1,4, 6,13

Haloivpe

One minor worker pinned in ANIC, New South

Wales, Narrandera 30 mi. W, 34° 45° § 146° OF,

29th Aug. 76, B. B, Lowery.

NEW SPECIES OF CLMPONQTUS 0]

hig. 7 Localities OFC. paniseuy aniterial examined.

Paratypes

Two minor workers and two mujor workers pinned

in ANIC und SAMA, From same locality.

Ofer material examined

Localities are shown in big. 6. New South Wales:

Berrunm Stue Forest. BRL; Condobolin, BBL:

Trundle, BBL. Queensland: Mt. Isa LOO) ki NW,

BBL. South Australia: Attunga, BBS: Belair, RITM:

Cumbrat. J TH; Chitunces Lme. GPG: Dangyali CP.

KSC: HWintyitya 26 km SSE, Pity; Mt. Lindsay 0.5 kni

W. Pigs Nappyalla t kin W. RDR: Radium ERIE PSs

kn S, PAL: Salisbury, AJM: Tomahawk Dam 3 kin N,

JAF: Vokes HUE &E kin S. SDS; Western Australia:

Byford, BBL, Lake Marmion, JAF. Mt. Whaleback,

JDM,

Marker iiagneasis

One of the smallest Camponcns. similar to C

spolserual (Forel 1910), Distingutshed by the

closely placed frontal carinae shown in Fig. 4 and by

(he long tice in minor workers although mterestinely

the face of major workers is more squire ay shows in

Fig, S: clypeus i major workers wiih deep wide

tentoriil pits, mid section of elypeus is rarwsed up

between tentorial pits into u fatash plain above

cheeks bounded by two longitudinal ridges. without

cuyina. elypeus anterior margin has a deep central

coneuvily bounded by two small teeth, whereas in ©

spomserun major workers clypeus not ratsed up, mul

section of anterior margin convex with a weak

central concavity and distinet carina.

Worker desevipiton

Mayor worker, Mesosomea

conveaily, propodeum angle

summit, pointed in all directions.

forms an

indistinet:

even

node

Minor worker. Head sides straight tapering to the

front. pronotunt und mesonotum form an even

vorverity: node elongate, summit blunt; propodeum

angle wide. Also see Table 1.

Biology

B. B. Lowery inscribed on Tabel “Nest in sandy

soil, pasture and Calliteis, neat crater”,

hivinoloay

So named beenuse of minor worker's distinctly

long face,

Camponotus pawseyi sp. nov.

FIGS 7. 14

HMoloivpe

One miner worker pinned in SAMA, South

Australia, Canunda, 37° 39'S 140° 160 Ee, P8th Jon

91. C.K. Paysey,

Paratype

Chree minor workers and two mayor workers

pinned in SAMA and ANIC. Fron same locality

Other malerial examined

Localities are shown in Vi, 7. New South Wales:

Condobolin, BBL: Matakana 7 miles N. BBL;

Trundle, BRL. South Austraha: Arkaroola, FRS:

Beachport, AJM: Bin Bin 7 km SSE, DSS;

Blanchetown, GFG: Bordertown TS hin W. AJM:

Burks Is.. AJM: Calea. BBL: Calea 5.5 km NNE-

SEP; Calperum, GCM: Cambrai, PIMG: Chaunves

Line, GEG: Culburra, RVS; Custom 1.2 kin SE, BBS:

Danggal) CR KSC: blein Lane. AIM; Ferries

MeDonald CP AJM: Freeling Heighls 6,8 km ONE.

PRS: Gummon Hill, ERS: Gammon Hil 5.7 SSP.

PRS; Gluepot, DMR: Gluepot 14.3 km WL GLb:

Gluepot Res, GLU: Goolwa | miles W. RWS:

Hlumbidpe CP, GPG: Mideaway Tub 10.5 km SW.

SOPS: torn Camp 0.4 km W, ERS: Katehalby WH,

SEP: Lake Gilles CP JAP: Lake Gilles CR JAF DEL

Lake Gilles CP, THA: Loxton. AJM JDL: Mary

Seymour CP RIU: Mawson Plateau, THA: Melrose.

DM: Mintipa 20 miles NW, AJM: Moorundie. GRC:

Morgiwt § miles SW, BBL> Mt Rescue CR JAP

hOM: Munyaroo CR GPG: Murray Bridge 6 miles

W, PAL GPG: Nullarbor Caves, PAT, Nulungery 7

miles NW: Oodla Wirra, RIT: Plokawillinie CP.

JAF DI: Pinkawillinie CP JABS PL Linvoln 13.2 km

ESE, CiKS Rudall, GFG; Rossel Camp, SEE: Sinchir

Ciap. SB, Telowie 4km ENE, PRS: Tomahawk Dain

3 km N, JAP, Wolseley 3.2 ki) ENE. BBS} Worlds

End 3 km E. SOPS: Allivator Ch, PIMG: Blinmatt

10k NW. PUMC: Cambrai. PIMG: Cumnrns 4 kin

S. PIMG,; Fairview NP PIMC: Gamback Park, VS:

Innes CR PIMG: Kadina [0 kor S. PIMG: Lance

i) A.J. McARTITUR

Pig. 8. Localities of C. pitjantjatane matenal caumimed,

Bore 3.4 km W, FRS; Mambray Ck., PJMG;

Moockra Tower, PIMG; Murray Bridge, PAT: Murray

Bridge 15 km NE, MLU; Napperby, PJMG;

Poochera, RWT RIB; Pt. Kenny, TG; Pt. Lincoln 3

km E, PJIMG; Sandford Dam 2.5 km N, JAF;

Teharkuldu Hill § miles E, PIMG: Waddikee 6 km FE,

PIMC: Waikerie, BBL: Warden Hill, FRS: White

Dam, AJM MA, Victoria: Bolangum Flora Res.. SHI

PLI; Dimboola, AJP: Hattah [5S km SSE, ALY:

Hattah 19.2 km SW, ALY; Heath, BBL: Millewa

South Bore 3.7 miles N, ALY; Mt. Bolangum. ST:

fatho, HAP. Western Australia: Armadale. LWA;

Beverley 70 km W, AMM; Bickley, BBL: Boyup

Brook, AJM WMM; Cape Arid NP, AJM SB;

Darlington, AJM WMM; Kambalda 35 km $, JAF:

Lake Leschenaultia, SOS: Madura 41 miles E, TG:

Norseman, BBL; Perth, LWA; Ravensthorpe, BBL:

Serpentine NP, SOS; Wagin, CHW.

Horker didanosis

Minor worker similar to C. fasmani (Forel 1902).

Distinguished by its uniformly convex vertex

Whereas in CL fesmani ib is straight. In all other

respects, sintilar to C. tasntani.

Worker description

Major worker. Forehead swollen; anterior head

(side view) weakly truncated, clypeus coarsely

punctate with a distinct carina, anterior margin

median section projects with a central concayity:

mandibles striate: propodeum dorsal surface flat:

node sunimit blunily pointed; whole ant covered with

plentiful erect setae! colour variable between black

and red.

Minor worker

Head sides straight, eyes near corners of head,

hig, 9, Localities of C. rueis material examined.

clypeus anterior margin projecting convex crenate: 7

or & teeth; whole ant covered with plentiful erect

setae, pubescence hiding integument; propodeum

dorsum deeply concave: node summit convex: colour

yanable between black and red, Also see Table 1.

Biology

Nest in ground, AJM has observed major worker's

head blocking the entrance. soil excayaled from nest

never seen near entrance. sometimes upper portion of

entrance shatt lined with silk.

Etymology

Named after C.K. Pawsey, a naturalist from

Millicent, South Australia.

Camponotus pitjantjatarae sp. nov.

FIGS 8, 15

Halotype

One minor worker pinned in SAMA. South

Australia, Mt. Lindsay 6.4 km W, 27° 02' § 129° 49!

b, leéth Oct, 96, 8. Aust. Dept. for Environment &

Heritage, Pitjangatara Lands Survey.

Faraivpes

One minor worker in SAMA and two minor

workers in ANIC pinned, From same locality,

Other material examined

Localities are shown in Vig. 8. Northern Territory:

Alice Springs 30 km N, BBL: Kunoth Pdk, JWA;

Uloru, JWA, South Australia: Maryinna Foil 11.5 km

SSE. Pi; Maryinna nll 9 km SE. Pig; Cheesman Peak

4.7 km NNE, Pit); Mt. Lindsay 44 km W, Pitj: Mt

Woodroole, Pig. Westem Australia: Mt. Willoughby,

JAM; Goldfields Rd.. WAM: Mt. Gibson, RLE KO.

NEW SPECIES OF CUMBONOTUN a)

Horkor diagnosis

Simikir to ©. faflatus (Lubbock 1880), Miner

Workers distinguished by mostly straight sides and

vertex of head forming a triangle in front view:

absence of erect selac on underside of head whereas

©. inflaius bead sides are conyes with plentiful long

erect setae on underside of bead and elsewhere.

Horker description

Major worker head sides mostly convex, clypeus

anterior murgin. projceting. convex with a weak

mediin concavity, node summit blunt: metanotum

wide shallow indistinct,

Minor worker, Head Iriangular, sides strught, node

parallel front and back, summil conver: scattered erect

setae on front of head, mesosoma, node, gaster, none

on scapes and legs: pronotunt feebly margined in front:

pronotum and mesonotunt for a uniform convexity:

propodeum dorsum straight, Also see Table 1,

Liv nnlogy

Named afier the Aboriginal inhabitants of the

Musgrave Ranges in the north of South Australia

where the ant is found.

Camponotus rudiy sp. nay,

FIGS 9, 16

Hoalarype

One minor worker pinned in ANIC. New South

Wales, Condobolin, 33° 05'S 47" 00°F, Eth Jan.

67, B. B. Lowery,

Peereriypres

Two minor workers pinned in ANIC and SAMA,

From same locality.

Other material examined

Localities ure shown in Vig. 9 New South Wales:

Bilpin, BBL. Northern Territory: Bullita, ODR.

South Australian Bucks Canyp Well. RGM JAF;

Clare, JIM: Ravine Des Casoars, PIMG: Safari,

TSW: Streaky Bay. JIM: Western Ri, GPG: Yorke

Pen. JJH. Western Australia: Esperance. BBL;

Esperance 40 km W. BBL) Mt.Whaleback. JDM:

Mundaring, Weir, GIL; Ravensthorpe, BBL.

Worker ciagnasts

Similarto ©. /owwe? (Forel 1895). Distinguished by

finely and densely punctate integument whereus in

Cc. lawne! it is mostly finely reticulate: with 5-10

erect selec on underside of the head and propodeum

whereas C. fawnter has

propodeum is longer than the dorsal surface, in both.

Horker deseriplion

Major worker, Head sides and vertex mostly

10. Declining surface of

Fig. 10, Localities oF C seared material examined,

stright; clypeus anterior margin median section

forming two projecting lobes with a coneavity

between; metanotum very wide.

Minor worker. [lead sides straight and mostly

parallel, vertex rounded, eyes placed at posterior

third oF the head: clypeus with a few long ereet setac,

sparse pubescence, unterior margm projecting

convex; mesosoma dorsum evenly conver,

propodeum angle in rear view very narrow. Also see

Table 1,

Etymalowy

So named becuuse of the fine dense punetations

from Latin rudis: rough, unpolished.

Camponotus scotti sp. nov.

FIGS 10, 17

Holotype

One minor worker pinned in SAMA, South

Australia. Scott Ck, CR 35° 04° S 138° 42" EF. 12th

Dec, 99,1) Hands.

Paratypes

[hvee minor workers pinned in SAMA and ANIC

South Australia. Jupiter Ck, 35° 09'S 138° 40’ &,

(Oth May. 93, A, J, MeArthur & $.O, Shuttuck.

Other material exantined

Localities are shown in Mig, 10. South Australia:

Woakwing Ra, AJM; Yumali § km 5S, AJM:

Adelaide, NBT; Aldgate, BBL; Aldgate, APS:

Ashbourne, RRO: Baros Reservoir, MTL: Beachport

Jackies Walk. AJM; Belair, AJM; Belair, BGM JAF;

Belair, GEG: Blackwood, MTY GPG: Bradbury,

JMU; Bridgewater, JEB; Bridgewater, PIMG, Brown

Hill Ck.. DM; Coorong NP. PIMG, Cortina, AWP:

12 A.J. MeARTHUR

Fig LL. Localities Of. saipsene inalerial exanuieds

Crafers, RVS; Echunga, AJM: Ferguseu CP. AJM;

Fensuson CP, GW: Gawler Heysen Trail, AJM,

Gemmells, RRO: Jupiter Ch., AJM SOS: Lirabenda

Mylor, AJM PJF; Littlehampton, JTO: Malinongy

hekerts Serub, CE; Mambray Ck, AJM: Marble Ra.,

Gri: Melrose. AML: Millewa. NSF: Moriahta.

SML: Mt. Ela 2 km SSW, MTix Mt. Lafly, AJM

PIP: MtLotty, RIDA; Mt. Lofty Golf Club, THA,

Mi.Remarkable, PMR: Nuriootpa 5 kin NJ MCh:

Orroroo 12 km SSW. PIMG: Parawa, SEG; Pelican

Lugoon, DIY Quorn 13 km S. PIMG: Renmark,

AIM: Roeky Ri, OM JAF, Seott Chi, AIM:

Sevenhill, BBL, Taylorville, ROS; The Bh Talyala,

GLI Victor Harbor @ miles NL BBL: Waite

Arboretum. AJM RSB.

Harker cliaenoyis

Slightly similar to C\ farieed (Forel 1902) and ¢.

mex (Porel 1902). Distinguished by short white

semicircular setae on propedeum dorsuoy in side

view. underside of the head seapes and tibiwe licking

erect selec, spurse creet setae on head, mesosomu,

node dnd gaster, front of head finely and shallowly

pubetate otherwise finely rebeulate, frontal curinac

wide, propadeum dorsum stright, limbs and scape

red brown otherwise colour variable from red to

black often in patches, node parallel fore and alt,

summit blunt: polymorphic. Also see Table 1.

Worker deveripuion

Mayor worker, Metanotum a shallow transverse

notch in largest major workers but fading in sinalles

workers, head wider at the back, vertex stranht,

unterion clypeal margin weakly projecting wilh two

lobes on either side ol a shallow concavity, frontal

carinae wide elypeus coarsely punenite.

Minor worker, Head sides near paruleL vertex convex.

aiterior clypeal margin projecting evenly conver.

Biola

Often found foragin on tree trunks duritiy die dary,

nest in ground,

Eiymoloey

Named alter Scott Ck. CP where the ant was tirst

recounysed.

Camponotus simpsani sp, Nov.

FIGS 11,18

Holoiwpe

One minor worker pinned in SAMA. Western

Australia, Cape Wellington, 15° 09" 8 124° 505 1,

2hh Aug. 99, Riot Seuth Australian Museum

Expedition,

Paraypes

Miree amor workers pinnedain SAMA and ANIC.

From same locality.

Other material examined

Loealities are shown in Fig, Lb. Australian Capital

lerritory: Bhick Mountain, BBL. New South Wales;

West Wyalong 23 miles W, BBL. Northern Lerritory:

Darwin, SOS, Queenshind: Mingela, BBL,» Warwick

30 ki 8, PMG: Waverley, ANA JL. South Australia:

Lake Gilles CP 32.568 13646, JAF DI, Breukneek

Ri. PIMG: Calpatanna WIL, JAP; Cambrai 25 kin F,

IDG, Cambrai 32.2 kin EL TST; Ceduna, JAP

Ceduna 20 km &, JAP; Boulass Serub, JAF LGM:

Freeling Heights 2.8 km NNE, PRS: Gluepot. GLU:

Kurralingas. THU: Luke Gilles CP RLE: Mt.

Remarkable NPL PRS; Munyaroo CP IBE; Maserave

Ra, Pitty Pinkawillinie CP JAF: Poochera, RFO BPI:

Poochera Jl km FL RIBS Roeky Ri. PIMG;

fandanya. FRI: Telowre CP PRS. Victoria

Inglewood, JUL. Western Australia: Armadale, LWA:

Cape Arid SPO AJM SB, Coronation Ts,, Riat: Faure

Is. JAP, Mundaring Weir IC,

Horker HMagnosis

Similar ta ©. dewnrer (Forel 1902). Distinguished by

the ubsence of Jong erect setae on the underside of

the head; reduced numbers of long ereet setie on all

other parts. In both, propodeum declinine surliee

longer than the dorsal surlice; integument mostly

Finely reuculate; black, lews lhter,

Horker deseripiin

Major worker, Head sides musthy straight and

paraiich clypeus unterior margin projects forward.

medkin section deeply coneave, bounded by two

teeth.

Mitior worker, Mead sides staivht tapering. lo be

front, yerlex convex, eyes close to corners; clypeus

wide, frontal margin uniformly convex, projecting

NEW SPECIES OF CAMPONOTUS 13

Fig. 14 C. pawseyi sp. nov Fig. 15 C. pitjantjatarae sp. nov

Fig. 16 C. rudis sp. nov Fig. 17 C. scotti sp. nov

Scale lines = | mm

Fig. 18 C. simpsoni sp. nov

14 A, J, McARTHUR

forward: node high, short longitudinally, summit

blunt: mesosoma dorsal surface forming an even

convexity. Also see Table |.

Biology

Nest in ground.

Etyvinvlogy

Named after Antony Simpson a benefactor of the

South Australian Museum,

Acknowledgements

This work has been made possible by grants trom

Australian Biological Resources Study, the support of

the South Australian Muscum and CSIRO Entomology.

The South Australian Department for Environment and

Heritage Biodiversity and Monitoring Section provided

many of the specimens for study. Special thanks are due

to S, O. Shattuck, J. A. Forrest OAM, and E. G.

Matthews and to Annette Vincent for the drawings.

References

Bolton, B, (1995) “A new general catalogue of the ants of

the world” (Harvard University Press, Cambridge,

Mass. ).

CrAWwLey. W. C. (1915) Ants from north and south-west

Australia (G. Hill, Rowland Turner) and Christmas

Island, Straits Settlements, Ul. dan. Mae. Nat. Mist, 15,

232-239,

Empey, C. (1925) Hymenoptera, Family Formicidae,

subfamily Formicinae, /a Wytsman P. (Ed.) “Genera

Inseetorum™ pp 138-150. Fase 183, (Louis Desmet-

Vertencuil, Brussels).

Foret, A. (1895) Nouvelles fourmis d’Australic, recaltee a

The Ridge. Mackay, Queensland par M.Gilbert Turner.

Ann. Sac, katomol. Bele. 39, 41-49.

(1902) Fourmis nouvelles d’Australie. Rev

Suisse Zool, Wb, 405-548

4, (1910) Formicides Australiens recus de M.

M. Froggatt et Rowland Turner. Revs Suisse Zool, 18,

1-94,

Luprock, L (1880) Observations on Ants, Bees and Wasps;

With a Description of a New Species of Honey-Ani,

Ants. J. Linn, Soc. (Zool.) 15, 167-187.

McAriiiur, A, J, & ADAMS, M. (1996). A Morphological

and Molecular Review of Camponotus nigriceps Group

(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) from Australia. /nverteli-

Taxon. 10, 1-46.

— & Smurruck, S$. O. (2001). Taxonomic

Reyision OF The Camponotus Macrocephalus Species

Group (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in Australia. Trans.

R. Sow, S. Aust, 125, 25-43.

Mayr, G. (1861), “Die LEuropaischen Formiciden.

(Ameisen.)”. (Carl Gerolds Sohn, Vienna).

SuATIUcK, SO. (1999) “Australian Ants. Their Biology

and Identification”. Monographs on Inyertebrate

Taxonomy Vol. 3, (CSIRO Publishing. Collingwood),

& McArriue, A. J. (2002) A Taxonomic

Revision Of The Camponotus wiederkehri and perjurts

Species Groups (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), Trans, 2.

Noe, 8, dnst, 126, 63-90,

THE WATER AND SALT BALANCE OF THE RESERVOIR

CATCHMENTS OF THE MOUNT LOFTY RANGES,

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By A. S. KAYAALP! & J. A. T. BY?

Summary

Kayaalp, A. S. & Bye, J. A. T. (2002). The water and salt balance of the reservoir

catchments of the Mount Lofty Ranges, South Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.

127(1), 15-26, 31 May, 2003.

This study was made possible through a new observational programme, which

determined the chloride and sulphate rainfall accession, and access to the monthly

data files for the reservoir systems 1n the Mount Lofty Ranges during the period 1985-

1996, together with the statistics on borewater and farm dam irrigation. The principal

result is that 27% of the salts input into the reservoirs arises from borewater irrigation,

38% is due to groundwater (salinisation), 20% 1s pumped from the River Murray, and

15% originates in rainfall. This budget indicates that irrigation has a major negative

impact on the Adelaidean water quality, independently of the negative impact of the

River Murray water, which is usually emphasised. An adequate programme of

monitoring borewater irrigation is required to test this conclusion.

Key Words: Catchment water budget and salt balance, Mount Lofty Ranges, South

Australia.

Trensartions of the Rowe deci ofS, Anse (2003), 127 (1), 15-26,

TEE WATER AND SALT BALANCE OF THE RESERVOIR CATCHMENTS OF THE

MOUNT LOFTY RANGES, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by AJS, KAYAALP! & I, ALT, Bye?

Summary

Kayvaate, WS. & Bye J. ALT. (2002). The water and salt halunee of the reserver culehments oF the Mount

Lally Ranges, South Australia. Tres, Ro See Stayt, E2701). P5262 31 May, 2003,

This study was ade possible titough a new observational progmimme, which determined the chloride and

sulphate rainfall accession, and aecess to (he monthly data “les forthe reservedr sysiens in the Mount Lofly

Ranges ducing the period 1955-1996, together wilh [he stiwistics on boreweler qed Rar dan irmabon. The

principal vesult is thac 27% of the salts input inte the reserveies arises Trout borewater imitans 380e is due to

eroundwiter (sulinisation). 20% is pumped fromthe River Murray and (5% orminates fi caintall This bidet

indicates that Weiwahon has a major negalive impach on the Adelaide water quality, tidependently of the

neaeative impaclot the River Murray water which i usually cryphaemed An adequate prowranyinic OF Monit tie

borewaler innigation is required io test this conelusion,

Key wokbs © Catehment water budget and salt balanee. Mount Larty Ranges. South Australie

Iniroduction

The Mount Lofty reservoir catthments are situated

in (he mounttin range inland from the Adelaide

plain, South Australia, and supply water tor the State

cupnal, Adelaide. Understanding the water and

soluic balance is essential to assess the history ol

salinisation, and to prepare for future development.

In this paper we address this importint suc using

volume and salt balance techniques, applied to eaca

reservoir cuchiment.

Before the onset of agriculture in the pristine

cHyioament, cat fiver systems discharged jit

Cull St. Vincent from the Mount Lolly Ranges, Five

of these river systems (the Onkaparinga River, the

Myponga River. the Torrens River, the Gawler River,

and the Litde Para River) have been subsequently

chimmed lo create water storaves (Pig. 1). and liree ol

these river systems (Dry Creek. Brownhill Creek and

Sturt Creek) have been significantly modiGed. but

shill discharge, epysodicnily, essentially as

Slorimayaler conduits.

The existence of the five reservoir catehments

cnubles the contemporary volume and sal{ balance to

be delermined, and by inference, compared with the

pristine environment and also allows an assessment

to be made ofany likely chinves in water quality due

10 future development.

The relevant natural parameters of the reservoir

citehinents, Which account for the water quality ia

) Selma ol Cheynistey, Physics aod Bortly Seienees. The Plirnters

Liliversily ab SOUT ASO at GPO Bos 2H Agee. AA SOO.

Australia

Covent adress: Pasminge, Port Mire South Auseutia Sa

NUstlil bial Royadlpa le piste con aul

Sehoolol Hach Scumess, The biiversuy of Melbourne, Vicrorna

WTO. Austin

(he pristine environment are rainfall and

cvapotramspiration, supported by groundwater

recharge/discharee, In the developed state, the water

quality is also controlled by ittigation disebarge and

pumping from the River Murray.

The Natural Faviranment

In this section, we brietly review the hydrogcolowy

ofthe Mount Lolly Ranges, which is responsible far

the groundwater discharge. und the meteorology of

the Mount Loiiy Ranges, whieh determines. the

rainfall aceession.

Hydrogeology

Phe Mount Lofty Ranges are considered to extend

from Cape Jervis to Mount Remarkable and consist

mainly of Adelaidedn sediments, highly inet

morphosed in places. Lower Proterozoie rocks occur

over relatively small areas near Inglewood, Alduate

amd Yankalilla, Sebists and yneiss, with augen

gneisses and metaquartvite are exposed in the

Adelaide bills in sinall aeeas south of Uraidhe arid

east of Ballomnah, Phese rocks constifure (he

erystuling busenicnt. In many places the forks are

deeply weathered or have undergone retrograde

metamorphism, As a result they usually have a low

permeability (Shepherd 1976).

Groundwater in the Adelaide region, vecurs within

two main geological enviroments, fractured rocks

and sedimentary basins, The main part of the

Adelaide hills (whieh includes the reseryour

calchmenis) is made up of fractured rocks, I this

environment. the type of rock and degree to which i

has been fractured by geological processes governs

(he dmount of water that cun be stured, Water within

fractured rock circulates alone fissures. and fults,

and its presenee can be very difficult to predict, Phe

IG A. S. RAYAALP & JOA T. BYE

I3K°E

T

Gawler River

*

.

.

.

Torrens River

o

ADELAIDE

e

se aeett®

Onkaparinga River

139°E

MANNUM

MURRAY BRIDGE

Fig, L. The reservoir systems of the Mount Lofty Ranges. South Australia. B Barossa, 1 Happy Valley, HY Hope Valley,

KC Kangaroo Creck. LP Little Para. M Millbrook, MB Mount Bold) MY Myponga, SP South Para. Wo Warren

reservoirs. ma Mannum-Adelaide, ino

main groups of fractured rock aquifers are, the

Barossa Complex, the Adelaide System and the

Kanmantoo Group (Selby 1984).

Sulimsed soils in the Mount Lofty Ranges have

developed as a result of native vegetation being

replaced with pastures, afier which groundwaters

have risen and mobilised salts. The mineralogical

and chemical processes associated with the

formation of salinised soils have been investigated

by Fitzpatrick et al (1992) Deeply weathered soils

containing, large amounts of stored salt are found

adjacent to younger, shallow soils (hat release sall as

they form. Two main groundwater systems occur in

these catchments: a perched water table develops

between May to October on the shallow bedrock,

and permanent localised groundwater occurs in

deeply weathered parent material and fractured rock,

Murray Bridge-Onkaparinga . ss Swan Reach-Stockport pipelines.

Salt release occurs in winter when groundwater in

upslope positions is recharged by [resh rainwater, see

The annual aceession cycle. This fresh water dilutes

the salty water in down slope positions thereby

aclivaling the weathering-salinisation process.

During Summer, salt concentrates in the

groundwater by capillary rise and evaporation, and

erystallises at the soil surface in saline scepage areas

and croded patches.

Meteorology

By comparison with other Australian cities,

Adelaide is the driest capital, with the least rainfall

and the lowest relative humidity. February is the

hottest month with an average mean maximum

temperature of 29°C and a relatrve humidity of 40 %o,

and July is the coldest month with an average mean

THe WATER & SALT BALANCE EOP THLE RESERVOIR CATCHMENTS OF THE MOUTH LOFTY RANGES 17

ininimum temperature of 7°C and a relative hurnsdity

of 76%. The anmial ruinfall mercases. trom about

$00 min on the Adelaide plains, up to aanaximun of

aboul 1200 mm on Mount Lotty. ti the five reservoir

catchments, areal average raiolall varies from a

maiximum of 890 nt in the Mount Bold reservoir

catchment, to 710 min in the South Para reservere

ealchment (fable 5),

The general rainfall pattern shows a broad Winter

muximunr berween May and August due to the fairly

frequent oceurrenees OF unstable moist westerly air

musses, During the Summer months, oecastinal

heavy ramlall occurs, offen associated with nurth-

west cloudbands originating in the tropical Midian

Qoewin, however, the high rate of evaporation implies

thatthe Summer rains, generally, are pot elective for

wertcuiture,

Severe weather events inelude snowfall which

occurs inthe Moant Lotly Ranges on averipe once

per year, and localised Nooding events associated

wilh mtcnse ruimtull ( Bureau of Meteorology 2001)

Mothuidology of the water ane salt bedanee snd

‘The min purpose of this paper ts 10 present the

annual salt balaice for the reservair catehments of

the Mount Lofiy Ranges. The analysis is based on

moothly mean records af the various quantifies in the

mass und salt budgets aver the period ( 1985 — 1996),

The resulls Were processed to give the ainual mean

values. and also the monthly mean annual evele

(Siyialp.2o0ty. Although the main locus is on the

annual balances. the annual cyeles will also he

sumimansed, as they provide a physical insseht into

the mechanisms which maintiin the annual balances:

The warner uad salir hudeews of rhe reservoir

CUtChMnents

Railull os the matin driving foree of ihe

hydrolowiealeyele and alsa the major water inpul te

the catchment. Another important taput te the

salehment area is groundwater pumping for

irrigation. The reservoir culehment water volume

and. Salt bilunces, can be written as follows,

dWidt= P Q iQ -Q, -Q., (1)

dsl PC + 1), FQ E +O £ -)) , (2)

where QO, is runol, P is preemiation..Q, is irrigation

volume due to borewater, Dy is the dry ehloride or

sulphate accession, Q,, is the groundwater discharge

(QO, > U)-or recharse (O,, < 0) and Q), is the

evapolranspiration (including, «small contribution

Kayailp AS42001) Appheation oil! caiilill chemiste aa

imote Ha dai to lydroleueal modeling, Vid thesis. The

Hlindigs Vintversiy bP Seuth Muastraha. 274 pp (fb npub)

trom free waler evaporation }, Cy, Cy, Cyand Cy, ure

the chloride of sulphate concentrations in runoelt,

berewater for irrivation. preeipilalion. and

vroundwiter respectively, and W oand 8S are

respectively the groundwater volume and silt

storage, Lgas.(1) and (2) haye beet solved to obtain

the vroundwater discharge (Q,). and groundwater

uccvssion (Q,,C,,) using, (1) Q) and O,C, obtained

from the reservoir mass and salt balance, (ii) the

aceession (Po and PC)) obtained trom raintall

chemistry dita. and (ai) the irrigation accession (Q,

and Q,C\).

Th the analysis, itis assumed that the annual mean

budget over the recard period is i steady-state

bulanee such that the rate af storage of groundwater

volume, dWidi 0, and the rate of storage ol

groundwater salt. dSidt 0. see firey ctl

vartahiliiy. This assumption enables the annual

evyelus. based of mouthty mean values. in whieh

dWidt and dS/dt are very importint lactors. also te

be computed. We present. firstly, the varias

components ol the amual mean budget it Tables: |

6, and then show the annual eyeles in Pigs. 3 5.

The essential data sets

The reservoir catchmeai runot! and salt bafairce

This data set consisis of monthly chemistry anc

low records over the penod January 1985-

Aveember 1996 for the five Mount Lolly Ranges

reservoirs of Teseby oll systenis (big, |).

G) Meunt Bold reservoir (catehment

seb kar)

(a) Myponid reservoir (catchment weal | 24 kin),

(al) Torrens reservoir system, which aneludes (he

Millbrook. Kangaroo Creek and Hope Valley

resetvuirs, (catchment areca: 323 kim).

tiv) South Para reservoir system, which includes

Warren atid Barossa resetyairs, (catehiient

area: 416 kine).

(v)) Little Para reservoir (catchment area: 82 kim"),

ared:

whieh were obtained from the Department of

Environment, Hentage and Aboriginal Attias

(DEMAA) and the Austealnin Water Quality Contre

{AWOC),

The mass und salt balance for each reservoir (or

reservair system) have been calculated from budvet

equations which take into avcount the effects of

supply regulation throngh cutehment iallaws. and

outflows and the change of storage, where the inflow

is due to mitural eatehiment cunoll (jive liding raurtall

directly onto a reservoir) and water (eansterred [ront

other calchmenis ind from the Murray River by

pipelines. and the outlaw is due to evaporaben,

Waller WonsuMplion. water transferred to other

18 A.S. KAYAALP & J, A, T. BYE

TABLE 1. Antal ranetf, mean Cl and SO, concentrations ane salis accessions,

'RunotP Mean Cl Mean SO, cl SO,

(MI) (mg/l) (mg/l) Accession Accession

(t) iw)

Mt Bold 83 160 9L 680 119.1 20.7 9900 1896

Mypongs 18 480 98.0 14.7 1812 271

‘Torrens 53 160 53 640 126.5 28.0 6720 1500

South Para 29 640 30 960 72.4 10.1 2148 313

Little Para 8652 9816 [32.0 11,7 1141 15

‘using the River Murray pipeline chloride data set

* using the River Murray pipeline sulphate data set

TABLE 2. Animal rainfall, mean Cl and SO, concentrations and salts accessions.

‘Rainfall? Mean Cl Mean SO; cl SO;

(Ml) (mg/l) (neg/l) Accession Accession

(t) (t)

Mt Bold 343 031 364 643 4.0 0,83 1380 304

Myponga 96 462 4,7 1.04 456 101

Torrens 249 231 255.439 3.9 0.84 972 214

S.Para 294652 303 816 3.9 0.83 1140 231

L. Para 59639 60 107 2.6 0.56 156 34

‘and - as for Table |

TABLE 3. Annual irrigation, mean Cl and SOs borewater concentrations and salts accessions.

Irrigation! Mean CP Mean SO,- Cl SQ,

(MI) (me/l) (mg/l) Accession Accession

(t) (t)

ML Bold 10099 303 58 3060 SkG

Myponga 1179 363 39 428 46

Torrens 5045 G05 87 3052 439

South Para ¥ 502 55 - -

Lute Para 283 835 84 236 24

“not available. 'J.Kneebone (personal communication), *S.Barnett (personal communication)

TABLE 4. Farm dam capacities and evaporative fluxes, and borewater and jarm dam annual irrigation.

Farm dam Farm dam Borewater Farm dam

capacity (MI) imigation (MI) Irrigation (MI) evaporation (MI)

Mt Bold 6300 1183 10099 SUT

Myponga 560 80 1179 480,

Torrens 3600 735 5045 2865

South Para 1100 162 - 938

Little Para 280 25 283 255

TABLE 5. Annual groundwater accession and evapotranspiration.

‘Groundwater? Accession 'Ground— Ramifall 'Evapo-*

(Ml) (t) water (inm/d) (mm/d) lranspiration

D D Cl SO, (mimn/d)

Mt Bold 18020 17337 S460) L006 O13 O42 2.44 2.05 2.14

Myponga 2556 3178 9IX 124 0.06 0,07 2.15 1.82 1.83

Torrens 4456 9733 2696 X47 0.04 0.08 2.12 174 184

South Para - - - - 1.94 ~

Little Para 898 672 749 57 0.03 0,02 1.99 1.74 1.71

‘und? as for Table |

THE WATPRAY SAL BALANCE OF TITHE RESERVOIR CATCHMENTS OF TILE MOUTH LOFTY RANGES [9

LAND 6. Consolidated aimnual reservede worer end salt bulunves.

Volume Chloride Sulphate Sum Mean C| Meun SU,

(Gh) (kr) (kt) (mg/l) (my/l|

Runolf 100 21:7 4.1 25,8 112 20

Ryinfall 162 4] 0.9 5,0 34 O83

Irrigation 7 7.3 Ll Kt 419 65

Groundwater 29 10.3 2:1 |2.4 384 60

Livapotranspiration 91 - - - - -

River Murray 41 3.5 \.1 4.6 135 37

‘Note that Volunie is the mean of the Chand SO, budwet determinations, | GEO" 1.

catchments and reserveir spill. These processes can

be represented by (he (nass balance equation.

AV=Qy" Op -Qy-(E-P)A @)

where Q, is tubotl Qy is the water transterred frorn

Ihe Murray River pipelines, Q, ts the outflow. Fas

evaporation, fis rainfall. A is the surface area of

reservar, and AY is the change in storage. Eqn (3)

fissiimes i) standard reference density. The monthly

funoll (Q,) was computed for cach reservoir (or

reservoir system) from eqn (3), using obseryvalional

records of all the other volumes, and also (E-P).

‘The salt balabee equation is,

CAV IVAC =Qy CylOy Ce- OQ), (4)

in which, CL Cy, Cy ave the chloride or sulphate

concentrations in (he reservoirs. runoll and Murray

River pipeline respectively and Cy, = Cy is the

outflow concentration, The monthly salt aecession

(QyCy) for cach reservotr was determined from eqn

(4+), using the observational records,

From the monthly values of Q, and Q).C),, obtained

from the solutions of eqns (3) and (4), the average

monthly values of Oy. QuCy and Cy for the period

1985-1996 to be used in eqns (1) and (2) were

obtained, from awhieh the annual runoll values (Table

1) were oblained,

In the analysis, only monthly data in which Cs) was

avilable were ised. hence, due to missing data,

sinall differences in estimates of the annual eanott

were Obtained from the Cl and SO, records for all

reservoirs or reservoir systems, except the Myponga

Peseryoit, see Figure |, The details of these

culculitions are given in’ (Kayaalp 2001)!

Throughout fhe text, the miss and salt aceessions are

viven to the aeeuraey of the chemistry and flow

hevords,

Winer salt fapait die ta rainfall

The chloride (CD and sulphate (SO) rainfall

wecessions hive two components. wel uccession,

Wiel is due to rainfall, and dry accession, whieh 1s

duc to deposition of ucrosol particles. ‘These

accession rates have been calculated using data from

anew rainfall chemistry program, conducted during

the period, 1292-1994 (Kavaalp, 2001)'. and alse

from historical datu sets. in purneular, Pludton and

Leslie (1958) and Hutton (1976), The details of the

study are given in Kayualp and Bye (1998) and

Kayaalp (2001)',

Wor Avcesston

It was found that the variation of annual chloride

concentrauion im raintall (wet chloride) with distance

from the coast ean be expressed by the exponential

function.

Cy eC, eye’ {5)

where ©); is chlomde concentration (mul). C) is an

asymptotic concentration, § is the distance from the

coast imd wis a constant distimee, and in which ©, is

2,98 mg/l, C) is D1.) my/l, and wis 11] kim, Using

eqn (5), the mean annual wet aceession (PC, \)

distribution was computed using the annual mean

rainfall map, dnd determined for cach reservoir

catchment using a planimeter. A well defined

maximuoy in chloride accession of over 3t / ki

occurs along the centrul ridge of the Mount Lolly

Ranges, and inland the accession reduces to less than

0.5 1/ km’ (ig. 2).

Dey Accession

Dry accession was also found lo be represented by

a formula whieh shows av exponential decrease

tolund from the coast,

b,, DD, (6)

where Doj. Dy and 1, ure dry chloride aecession

rates, X ts the distance front the coast, dis the decay

distanee, and inwhich DB, 1043 ke/kim /month, and

d) 2.7 kinnand Dy is 60 Ke/kiveinotth, Note chit the

dry deposit is mainly confined to the coastal fringe,

hut also (eludes a residual (niform deposition (D.)

mikand,

fuble 2 shows the total uccessions (PCr | Dn),

20 ALS. KAYAALP & J. A. T. BYE

x

+

i)

°

%

oe

36°8

36°S

i

138°R 139°E

lig, 2. Mean annual wet chloride accession rates in South Australia, Contour unit: (kg/km)

fb WALTER & SALT BALANCE OF THE RESERVORE CATCUMENTS OF THE MOUTH LOPTY RANGES 21

where Cy = Cy, and Dy = D,, for chloride, and Cp >

Cu, and Dp Deas for sulphate. The sulphate

iccession wus estimated Using the mean sulphate fo

chloride rahe of 22 (Kayaalp and Bye, 1998). This

niuw is somewhat greater than the corresponding

ratio for seasalt (07) due to the injection of sulphate

Tron land soueces,

On comparing Table 1 and 2, its apparent that the

catchment efficiency (ruqollrainkll) varies. hyn a

miximum of 24% for the Mi Bold resemvot

catchment to a minimum of 10%, for the South Para

reservoir valehiment

Irpicettion decession

In this study, irfigation volume data were abled

fran estimates prepared bv DEHAA from land use

mapping, and borewater chenmsiny data were

obtined from AWOC using samples taken randomly

ilunng the period, 1978-1998, Before application. it

WS Necessary fo pre-process the itrigation volume

dati lo cestimale the volume origmating [rom

borswatee in the walersheds.of the reservoirs, mm ewe

stapes:

Ui) The DEMAA data sets refer to the whole of the

catchment, tather than the watersheds of the

reservurs, The reservar component of the (otal

iviyation volume (Qr) was estimated simply by

mulliphying the DRWAA data by the ratia of the

witershed area to the urea of the whole catchment -

U0) Uhe total irrigation yalume cobsisis of two

compouents, Op OQ) + Oy oan which Q) is the

borewater irrigation volume, and Ow is the irrigation

due du farm dams. tn urder to determine Q) 2a farm

dain assessment study (McMurray, 1996) was used

io estimate (y), Table 4 shows the maximum storage

of farm dams: in ihe watershed areca of the

catvliments, and also the storage remanniny ater an

evaporation of | m (which is representative of the

evaportive loss durum the irrigation season).

computed using Equations (1) and (2) of MeMurray

(1996). We assume that the remuinine store (Tuble

4), whieh constitutes about so of the muxnnun

storage, provides the farm dam irrigation (Qi).

Using this csiimate. we obtain the borewater

irrivation volumes, (Qi) aim salt aecesstons (Qu ))

shown in Table 3, and note that the firm dams

contribule about 1]"o of the irrigation volume:

In all catchments, the sulpbate’chloride ratio is less

Han that beetrng in the precipitatian, This ts

purticulirly so for the Little Para (0.10). South Para

(O11) und Myponga (O.11) eatchments (Table 3).

There is a very considerable scatter ii the chlovide

und sulphate concentrations between bores, with

mein chlorite concentrations varying belween a

moasimum of $35 me’) in the bitte Para catuhment

and a ominmun of 303 meg) oy the Mount Bold

sucliment, ind mean sulphate concedtratons

varying over a range fron 87 my/l in the Torrens

vatchment to 39 mg) in the Mypenga catchnient

(Kayaalp 2001 urpub,)’.

The wrigation daty are undoubtedly of poorer

quality thas the ruael? and rainfall data. however, on

the assumption that the salts brought to the surfave

each year, are, oh average, totally mobilised into the

drainage system, Tables | 3 indicate that ierigation

forms a vital camponent of the annual mean salt

balance. The mean monthly mobilisation of the salts

is discussed below.

Determination of groundwater accession

The ainital neal accessiim

On using the estimates. of ranafl, raintill and

Ingulion wecession in eqns (2). we cur deterarine the

groundwater discharge salf accession. and on

assuming ihat the coneentrahions of elunde and

sulphate in the groundwater aceession in euch

salehmeal ure identical with those of the imation

accession, be.) = Cy) in egn (2), we can also obtain

Ue groundwater diseharge. and = fenee the

Cvapotranspiration. Here. proundwater meludes all

water sources offer than rainfall and borewater

inmgation. We note that the esimnates of wroundwaler

discharge. obtained trom the chloride and sulphate

data sets, using the assumption thar CO), = ©). are

similar, except for the ‘Torrens cutehment in which

the estimate fron sulphate is approxinialely twice

that front chloride. The reason tor this anomaly is

not known, Atall events. the groundwater discharge

is almost neehishle in compansen with the

evapotranspuation (Table 5).

The resulls (Tables |-2) indicate that the

vatcliments in the Mount Lofty Ranges have been

exoortinu between }-8 and 7.0 times as much salt by

runoff us they receive by rainfall, The South Para

gatchment has by lar the lowest ratio (1.8) uod the

Mount Bold (7.1) and Torrens (6.9) catchments have

the highest rarios.

On ()iveraging the chloride and sulpliate data sets

for cach reservoir catchment inthe water balanees.

und (ii) assuming that the salt secession (CAcludings

the raintall aceession) in the South Para reservoir

catchment is equally divided between yroundwaler

und irrigation aeeession, we cun construct a

consolidated budget for all the reservoir catehinents

(Tuble 6), The average salts output-impot mo, SO/S1

3.2, ‘Vhe raha of evapotranspiration to ram fall is

similiar between cutehments (Table 4), and in total,

he evapotranspigition (91) TUE Miivear) wecounts

lor s6% of the manhll (}062 10 Miyear), and henve

the vollune ouipul-inpul rate WOW =i. 14. Table

4 shows thot, ineluded in ihe evapo-truaspination

Nuts. ts o smd component of evaporation fom the

firin dans af LO" Miyoary pe. about 1a. Phe

49 ALS. KAYAALP & JA.T, BYE

Jan Feb Mer Ape May Jun Jul Avg Sep Oct Noy Dec

2

# 15

=

E 1

qm

0

dan Feb Mar Apr May Jun -lul Aug Sep fictt Nov Dae

= 025

S02

=

E Be

=

$ ans

eon

Ja) Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Det Nov Dec

5

za

23

E2

aa)

0

dan Feb Mar Apr May Jon 4 AG Sep Oct Nov Der

3

£

c= — = -_ f ;

3 | dan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug

22

nee

250

Bis

E 00

= 50

a - : :

Jat Feb Mar Ay May dun dul Aug Sep Oct Nov Oar

Pie, 3 The annual eyeles of water volume duc to.

precip lilion (Py Minot (Qe) tigation and groundwatc

(QQ) Qo), evapetranspiration (Qrr), and the rate of

sturage (dWidt), dnd storae (Wy. for the combined

Mount Bold, Myponga, Torrens and Litthe Para

culehimenmts. Note that the individual graphs are on

different scales.

catuhment efficiency (runoll/ramfall) is 19%, and

4% of the combined runoff and. evapotranspiration

oliiates from irrigation and groundwater

discharge,

The salt balance (represented by the sum oF the

chloride pnd solphate) indicates that salinisation

(uroundWwaler discharge) accounts for 48% of the

put al salts by ruooff into the reservoirs in the

Mount Lofiy Ranges, whereas 33% is supplied by

iptigation, and 19% by cainfall, Irrigation, therefore,

is # very significant contributor to the reservoir salt

balance,

The anal decvession evele

The unnual cycles oof — groundwater

recharge/discharge and ehloride and sulphate

accession were computed using an evapo-

transpiration eyele ( whieh was obtained from a

novel method using the stable isotope concentrations

in rainwater ), and by assuming that the irrigation

vecession occurred uniformly during the Summer

months (November-April ) (Kayaalp 2001)! The

results for the lour reservoir catehments for which a

full data set was available (Mount Bald, Myponga,

Torrens and Litthe Para) have been combined, and,

expressed in units of mm/day and myg/in?/day,

respectively, the catio of whieh yields the

concentration in mg/t.

The water balance (Fig. 3) indicates that the

precipitation maximum occurs in July, whereas the

evapotranspiration maximum oceurs in October, and

Wso that a runoff maximum of lesser magnitade

gecurs in August, with @ negligible runolf daring

mid and fates Summer (January = April). These

processes are mediated by a groundwater

rechurge/discharge system in whieh the maxinnum

recharge occurs in June, and the maximum discharge

oceurs in November, and resolis in a maximum

storage ol groundwater (W) of about 190 in in

August, relative toa zero minimum in groundwater

storage at the beginning of the year In particular. i

is apparent (hat the spring Cvapotranspiration is

largely maintained by the release of groubdwater,

rather than directly by rainfall Wis also clear thal

the groundwater storage (W) and the rumoll (Qe) are

highly correlated, and on averaging the groundwater

storage over the year, we obtain 87 hint, i

comparison with a loss of 186 mar by runoell Tence

the groundwater contribules a basellow (Barnett and

Zulphic 1999), which is 47% Of the stream

discharge,

The corresponding sall balances (Figs, 4 and 5)

show that the maximum) leaching of salts oceurs in

August-September in association with the maximum

in rungllY, with a negligible loss of salts by mnell in

mid- and late-Summer, The rate of storage ol salts in

the wround has a maximun in May, and the runoff or

galts is scen to be due principally to leaching. The

miximum storage oF salts (S) im the ground of 13

w/in? (Cl UT g/m?, SOs 2 gim* ), occurs in June/July,

relative fo @ zero minimum in’ November A

comiparisol of the fate of storage, and the aeeession

due to grrigalion and groundwater indicates that 1)

Summer, the salts broweht to the surface are

reabsorbed by the groundwater system belore being

lewehed oul by the runolf resulting from the Winter

rains,

THE WATER & SALT BALANCL OF THE RESERVOIR CATCHMENTS OF THE MOUTU LOFTY RANGES 23

20

15

PC.+D5. (mgim*/day)

s

dan Feb Mat Apr May dun Jul Alig Sep Oct Nov Dec

QnCe (mgim*iday)

3

dan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dac

z

3

a4

=

= ao

7

oOo

a

=

o

isj

Jan Feb Mat Apr May Jun

dul Aug Sep Oct Now Dec

450. | an Feb Mar Apr May

dSidt (magi day}

S (gim’)

eonseaeoeccacr

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun ul Avg Sep Oct Noy Dec

King 4. The annual cycles of chloride ion due to

precipitation (PCy + Dy), dunolfl (QeCg). irrigation und

groundwater (QC) — Quy) ahd the rate Of storage

(dS/di), and storage (S) for He combined Mount Bold,

Myponga. Torrens and Little Pura catchments,

Note that the individual wraphs are on different scales

In summary, the annual cycles of W and S deseribe

w steady-state environinent (over the period 1985-

1996) in which. the water volume and salts

limeclocks ure assumed to be on average reset cach

year, by mobilisation into the drainage system, such

that the pulse of salts introduced by irrigation im

Summer is mobihsed through groundwater leaching,

and eventually runs off into the reservoirs some six

months later.

Sources of salt accession contributing to

the recent history of salinisation in the

Mount Lofty Ranges

River Murray contribution

The budget calculations (eqns (3) and (4)) have

made use of the data from the River Murray

PCe+D> (malmiiday|

ee ad

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Och Nov Cec

68

Q,0, (maim'iday)

a8

2

Jan Feb Mar Agr May dun Jul

Paes sey Oe ee

Jan Feb Mar

Avg Sep Ost Nov Dac

=a =>

n S&S &

QC+GaCa (malm*day)

i—J

Apr May Jun Jul

Au Sep Oct Nov Deo

Ja Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Noy Dec

Fig, 5, The amual eyeles of sulphate ion as for chloride ion

in Figure 4,

pumpage to the reservoir catchments in Adelaide to

determine the funolf discharge and solule

concentrations. The prime focus has been to

determine the various catchment inputs and outputs,

In practical terms, however, the River Murray

pumping strategy is of great importance for the

niaintenance ofan adequate supply of good water lor

the Adelaide region. Table 7 shows the annual mean

inputs to cach reservoir or reservoir system from the

River Murray over the period (1985-1996) used in

the budget calculations, which ean be compared with

the runoff statistics in Table 1. Over this period, 17%

of the supply to the reservoirs came from the River

Murray. It is ifiteresting to note that the solute

concentration varies significantly — between

reservoirs, this is apparently due to the pumping

strutegy, The weighted average of the River Murray

24 A.S. KAYAALP & JA. T BYE

TAT 7 ditidal River Murray pumpage, mean Cl and SOQ, concentrations und salts aecessions,

Flow Mean Cl Mean SO; Cl SO,

(MI) (mu!) (mel) Accession Accession

(L) (t)

Mt Bold 17217 WF 26 2016 360)

Myponga 2 - ~ - -

Torrens 14910 143 3 2136 420

5. Pura S907 155 35 756 ISO

(., Para 3807 149 34 504 44

Total AOKI 134 27 5472 14

TABLIS. Historical total dissolved salts(TOS) reservair concentrations, and chloride und sulphate inflaw and reserverr

concentrations for the peviad (1983-1996).

1985-96 1979-8]

cl cr §0.' SOF TDS TDS

(mg/l) (ingil)

Mt Bold 126 «6119 27 27 311 (373)

H Valley 135 2K 327 392

Myponga 123 UK ) iS 2h1 S(4

horrens 155) «(a0 31 29 364 420

5. Fura 1200 84 At, 4 432 268

{Para loo 137 28 19 42] 470

Weig. Ave 35 lh | 27 2) 331 371

1992-96 1994-09 1996-01

TDS TDS TDS

(mg/l) (g/l) (rig t)

200) (409) (342)

430) 460

283 3hY RY

359 346 45|

295 352 403

422 446 473

304 396 350

‘yeserverr cancentration. Tallow concentration, ( ) inferred from Happy Valley TDS coneentration. The TDS. concentrations

and reservoir coneentnitions fave been derived from United Water data files (United Water, 2001).

TABLE 9. Revernoie fiflaw coneestrations (aig) fier past

aid fiititre Soonui TOS.

(1) (2) (3)

(| SO, Cl SO, (| SO,

Mi Gold 139 ly \34 260 101 2]

Myponga ON is ta IO 1K 26

Torrens 161 3661 33 97 9

S.Paru 106 W - - 97 |

L. Tara Is2 2 [82 In 65 14

Weighted average [40 26 136 25 Y7 I

(1) With a doubling of the River Murray pumpage solite

concentrations forthe pertod (1985-1990),

(2) With a doubling of the irrigation aveession tor the

period (1985-1994),

(3) With a salts equilibrium, and with the ratio

(evapotranspiralionérain tall) =0.96,

chloride and sulphate coneentrations — are,

respectively, 23% and 31% greater than the runoff

concentrations in the reservoir catchments, and the

consolidated budget indicates that 38% of the sults

iNpul originates from groundwater, 27% from

borewater irrigation, 20% from the River Murray,

and (5% from rainfall (Table 4). The resulting solute

concentrations entering each reservoir are shown in

Table &. together with the concentvations in the

reservoirs.. The weighted average reservoir chloride

and sulphate concentrations are respectively 16%

and 29% greater than the inflow concentrations, due

to evaporation, see eqns (3) and (4). Mount Bold

reservoir is least affected by evaporative loss.

Interannuedl variability

Table & also shows the total dissolved salts (TDS)

over several recent periods, which can be compared

with the Australian guideline for human drinking

water, whieh should not exceed 500 ma/1, There is no

clear trend between 1979 and 2001, due to the annul

variability of rainfall and River Murray pumpage,

and possibly irrigation usage, which would be

expected to be greater in low rainfall epochs,

These results are consistent with the basie model

used in this study, in which the hydrolovicul balances

are interpreted in terms of a long-term mean (over

the period [985-1996) and a mewn annual cycle.

Past and fiture scenartas

Finally, it is of interest to discuss the effect on the

system of changes in the mewn inputs. ‘Three

Notional situations are considered:

(Ll) The River Murray solute coneentration is

doubled. This change has been suguested as a future

scenario (Murray-Darling 1999),

(2) The irrigation accession duc to borewaier is

doubled, without any change to the groundwater

accession derived in the balance calculations. This

scenario provides a measure of the worst-case impuct

OF irrigation on the catchments.

(3) The River Murray accession and the accession

THE WATER & SALT BALANCE OF THE RESERVOTR CALPCIMENTS OF THE MOUTH LORTY RANGES 25

due to irrigation and yroundwitler dre removed, ind

tle evupotranspitation is resel to correspond swith

(hit Oceurting in a pristine environment priv Lo the

iipacl oF uicultural development,

Table 9 indicates that the cffeets produced by a

doubliog of the River Murray solute concentration.

and by doubling the irrigation accession are

approximately squal On comparing — with

conlemporary values (Hible 8), we find that the

fespeetive increases are 21% and 17" for chloride.

amd 24%) and 19% for sulphate. In the pristine

environment in whieh SOUSE =1. the salts

concentrations. eal be determined directly if the

volume auipul-inpul raion (WO/WI is known. An

inspection of the results Cor the period (1985-1994)

obtimed by Jolly etal (1997) for 89 stations within

the Marray-Darling Basin catchments imdicates that

for dratmage divisions i which SO/ST =~ 1, WO/WL~

O04. Le. 96% of the tuinfall is used for cvirpo-

jrupspiration, This estimate is almost identical with

that given in Barnett and Zulphic (1999), who

assume thal under native vegetation in the Torrens

catchment all but 30 nim/year is tenspired, On Using

this ratio. we find that the (weighted averuge)

chloride and sulphate concentrations are respectively

OF meband 2b mae/l (Table 9), whieh, remarkably,

ane very similar to the contemporary values of 116

me/hand 27 my) (fable 8) especially lor sulphate

Discussion

In (his paper a water and salt budget for the Mount

Lolly Ranges -reservou catchments for the reference

period ()985-1996) has been presented. whieh

mikes ase Oba new aialysis oF the salt aceession due

to raintdll whieh issummarised in Pie. 2, aidhalse an

catinate of inivation accession. The principal resulls

ire Suomnutised in Tible @.

In general teyms, the Mount Lofly Runges

reservoir calehments ire characterised by a hil salts

ouipul-inpul ratio, SO/S1 5.2, Large sally mitios ate

typleal of catchments in whieh after the clearing of

native vegetation. the runoff leachas out the salt

stored in the round (Peck and Hurle 1973). On

compiring with the results for the Murray-Darling

drainage divisions (Jolly etal 1997), we find: that the

salts ratio is amonyst the largest values whieh eeu.

and algo that the volute output-iput ratio, WO!WI

S014. is typical for the high salts rato catchments.

although there is a large Varjability between drainage

divisions. These conclusions indicate that the

contemporary Mount Lofiy Ranges catchments are

fundamentally a hydrological discharge environment,

notwithstanding the results of water balinee studies

in the Fourth and Sixth Creek stb-catehments and

the Birdwoud-Gumeracha area of the Torrens

calehment, whieh Sugeest a weighted-avernipe

recharge of 0.26 min/day (Barnett and Zalplne

4999). Table 8. which compares the reservoir

coneentnitions and inflow concentralions, gives

confidence on the estate of the salts Gutput by

runoll, so hal the sally miput by rainfall would need

io be greatly inereused lo change this comelusion,

The relalive propertions of groundwater and

irrigation accession, however. cut only be aeearately

determined using good (ime series data ofthe latter

We conelude that it is very important that

borewuler irrigation should be adequately monitored

iy order t6 yuantily accurately its contribution to the

salts balnee, so that provision can be made for the

management of Adelagdein water quality tito the

twenly-lirst century. The understanding of the

process of chinge witiated by the anset of

agriculiinre, sinee Su George Kingston. on exploring

the River Torrens i Noverabet E836, observed that

“a mile further on the water beeuime quile pure

oaversing six miles of plum of exceedingly tine

land ‘(Jensen lO80), 1s onr onyoing chillenge.

Ackaowledyements

The uuthors are extrentely grateful for oany asetil

comments hy uve referces on several uspeetsol iis

paper,

References

Bapeeres Row Aheie, DL11999) Mount Lotty Ranges

wiimdwater ussesdinent. Peetiimy af the Forrens earal

catchment PIRSA SO/OKS0 Bepuriment of Primary

Tndlustoes aid Resaiifees South Austealia

Rireui of Meteataly, (2001) Bireaa ot Meteurilugy

data Files

Pirzearien, RAW Natol, & Selb, POG (1993) Tren)

sIeposits ind inicro-ornpsims pecurring in sale

sullidic souls with altered soil wauler ceeime inthe MA

Jolly Ranges: South Australian Int Biomineralication

Processes of Tronand Mungantese- Modern and Ancwat

lowireniments. fas UEC AW Skinner arab RW,

Vivpatniek, 263-2a6

Tt hon. FT tS 76) Ciylorite bo ratiweter fa rdiatian ber

Uistanve trom fhe oeean, Sevreh 7 T7208

Herton. dT) & Dpsiile LL lOSR) Accession of No

Nitrozenous dons dissebved in runavater ta nails in

Mictorla, Aust, Agric, Res, 9 492-5117.

Jrowsies L&R, CP9SD) Colonial aeclitcctiitce ma Sau

Australian. pb Righy, Adehitde Bae pp

ford BOWL ine Tok. Zia bo AWE TD Astscin. 00 Ae

& Warner, GR, O87) Water aad salt balalices af the

catehiments of Ue Murraye Baring Basr CSIRO: Laid

ant Water, Lech. pt, 3297

26 A. S. KAYAALP & J. A. T. BYE

Kayaacp, A. S. & Bye, J. A. T. (1998) Salt budgets of reservoir

catchments in the Mount Lofty Ranges, South Australia.

Hydrostorm’98. Adelaide, South Australia, 295-299.

Mount Lofty Ranges. Dept. Environment and Natural

Resources. S. Aust. 24 pp

Murray-Darling (1999) Murray-Darling Basin Ministerial

Council 1999. The salinity audit. A 100-year perspective

39 pp.

Peck, A. J. AND HurLe, D. H. (1973) Chloride balance of

some farmed and forested catchments in south western

Australia. Water Resources Res. 9 (3) 648-657.

Sevsy, J. (1984) Geology and the Adelaide Environment.

Handbook, 8, Bureau of Mines, South Australia 168 pp.

SHEPHERD, R. G. (1976) Hydrology: Groundwater. Natural

History of the Adelaide Region. 87-89 The Royal

Society of South Australia. United Water (2001) United

Water data files.

MOLECULAR EVIDENCE SHOWS THAT THE TROPICAL

BOXES (EUCALYPTUS SUBGENUS MINUTIFRUCTUS)

ARE OVER-RANKED

By SIMON WHITTOCK, DOROTHY A. STEANE*, RENE E. VAILLANCOURT

& BRADLEY M. PoTTs

Summary

Whittock, S., Steane, D. A., Vaillancourt, R. E. & Potts, B. M. (2002). Molecular

evidence shows that the tropical boxes (Eucalyptus subgenus Minutifructus) are over-

ranked. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 127(1), 27-32, 31 May, 2003.

Australia’s tropical boxes, Eucalyptus deglupta, E. brachyandra, E. howittiana and E.

raveretiana have been classified as subgenus Minutifructus, a taxon described on the

basis of a single morphological character, a terminal inflorescence. Molecular data

indicate that these species emerge from within subgenus Symphyomyrtus. There is

also some evidence to suggest that they may not form a monophyletic group.

Consequently, we recommend that subgenus Minutifructus should not be maintained

as a separate subgenus, and that the four species should be included in subgenus

Symphyomyrtus.

Key Words: Eucalyptus deglupta, E. brachyandra, E. howittiana, E. raveretiana,

Minutifructus, Telocalyptus, taxonomy, DNA, phylogeny, classification.

Freer vite Rovil Society ofS. Anyi, (2004). 12700), 1732,

MOLECULAR EVIDENCE SHOWS THAT THE TROPICAL BOXES

(EUCALYPTUS SUBGENUS MINUTIFRUCTUS) ARE OVER-RANKED

by Simon Wirrroc, Dororhy A. STrAnn, RENEE, VAILLANCOURT & BRAbLEY M, PoTTs

Summary

Wrprack. 5. Sven DUAL VaArcaycoukr, ROB, & Pours, B.M. (2002) Molecular evidence shows that the

tropical boxes (Lucafypins subgenus Mriii/ricties) are overemked. Tras. A See 8. Ate, E2700). 27-42. 31

Mary. 2003.

Australia’s (ropted! boxes, Aicedypnesdeolipten E. brachyundin. & howinian and E neveretane have been

clussified vis auibeenus Wiaiprucies. a tien described on the basis of a-siighe mneepholowicul character, a

ferminal nflarescenee. Moleculat data indieate that these species emerge (rom within subgenus Syirplivenry cay.

There is also some evidence fm suggest Uni they may not fom a monophyletic group. Consequently, we

recommicnd that subvenis Minittrvctiy should not be muintitined gear separate subgenus, and mac the four

speeres Showll be peluded tre subwenus Swi ven ye ries,

Key Wards Bucalyphis deglapta, & braclvamla. lh. hawinting, Bo raveretana. Maniirncues. lelacalypnes,

AM i p

taxonomy, DNA, phyloweny. classification

Introduction

Miealypius subgenus Minud/rucnis (sensi Brooker

2000: lormerly subgenus ~Telacalvpius’ sensu

Johnson 1976) comprises Australasia’s four tropical

box species. This subgenus 1s characterised by

compound terminal inflorescences with very small

buds and truil, and discolorous, densely reticulate

leaves (Brooker 2000). Opereular development

Appears to be homologous between subgenera

Sviapivomyrtus and Mintifeueiis, indicating a close

phylogeneti¢ link between these bisa (Ladiges ef af.

1995). Snealppiey subgenus Mini rucies is diy idedd

ily Wwo sections: the monotypic seetian Hywararie

(the name referring to the equatorial distribution of

A delupia in the Philippines, Nidonesia and Papus

New Guinea) and section Damesfice [referring to the

ueeurrence within Austr OF Ao breed vanedlret

(nerthern Westerns Australia), Zo heveditiane (north-

eastern Queensland) and / raverctiedu (ventral-

eastern Queensland), in contrast (o A, deelupta), The

souping of the four tropical boxes into a single

subgenus was first suggested by Johnson (1976) with

the addition of the informal subgenus 7efoce/yplus bo

the seven existing nformal subgenera of Lacas/ipuus

(Pryor and Johnson 1971). Prior to 1976, Pryor and

Johnson (1971) had divided the tropical boxes

belween (Wo sections af subpenus Syip/yomnpenes:

section Maualuria, ser, Degluplae (EL dealipla, &.

raverenua and BL brachyandra) and seeaon

Hawitaria, sey Hawiriianee US hawltreaaea),

Chippendale (1988) followed this eicunscription.

Sehool of Plant Seenee aid Cooperative Researeh Cea: bor

Aiwiantable Proelichont Porestiey. Grivecsity of Paxiianny, Private

Oye F5, Clobort, Tvernanig TOON Auseentia

Coorlespaniding ation, Lindh, Darathiy Sted (itis ec sul

deseribing two series on the basis of djtlerences i

inflorescence und frat morphology. Meriferies

(corresponding to Pryor and Jolimson's: seetiun

Eguatoria ser Delite) and Fowitldiue ina

recent publication, Stuane ef al, (2002) sugeestedt

thal subgenus Adimi/reers (serie Brooker 2000)

may be nested within subgenus Suaplyomvrnes,

Their dati and sive results from Sale er af (1993,

1996) indicate thal Winutifructes should nol be

taked as a subgenus. Mn addition. no molecular

studies Wo date (Sale et ul. 1993, 19062 Steane ef al.

2002) haye supported a monophylerie relationship

among the species of subgenus Minwlifruetuy.

However the sampling of taxa trom suby.

Minwtifrnens has been Gimited in all these studies,

with two species being the Mmaximun in any ane

stily, This paper reports on the addition of two more

species from subgenus Avimudifredis io the 1S. data

set of Steane ver al, (2002). and the analysis of all

species belonging fo this tixon in a new molecular

data set derived from five segments of the

chloroplast genome (rtleteaP spacer, a/pB-rheL

spacer: pybAs/roik spacer, parbal sequence of arark

partial sequence of mdfhP).

Materials and Methods

Most of the samples in this study have been listed

in previous publications (Steane ef af 1999. Stwane

ehal, 2002), Additional samples are listed in Table |

DNA was extracted trom tresh or lrozven tissue ats

deseribed by Freemiun ef at. (2001). 1S sequences

were generated and unalysed as deseribed previously

(Steane ev a/, 1999). The primers used for PCR and

sequencing of five regions of the chloroplast genome

are listed in Table 2, PCRs were carried out as

deseribed by Vatllineourt and Jacksuny (2000),

18 S WHEPTOCK, DA, STEANT, ROE, VALLIANCOURT & ROHL POTTS

Hsient b Nia samples aved te this study pamples not listed here were tram Stédic eral, 1899 ur Steane et al 2002)

SC subsenus/sectiom code. NSW — New South Wales; OLD Queonshind: SA - South Australia: TAS — Tasrain

VIC Victorias WA- Westen Australia. *Sample tneluded in chloreplist DNA study: “Sample inchided in TTS study,

Specres Subenus Section SU Specimen — Location

Ty diversivatayt Snip veape ney Ineluse SJ DN T4398 Walpole, WA

Fy sahabnlin® Svan ve urns Muiedenarin SM 4149 Tinderbox. Southern TAS

Fy uhearbniliw™ Spl var ventas \alenaria SM IWts53 Otway Ranges. VIC

Le ulobilis ssp bleasiie" — Spapliveniyrnes Maiden = SM 44 ML. Bryan. SA

bh hawittrenue | Miniter Dene sticne MD MS1993 Atherton, QLD

FE hawitiene 2"! Miritifencs Dementicne MD = DN2526 Northern Ranges. OL

& hesentunig 1*! Srplivom eens Meartelenerta SM ANBC Buls Ridge. VIC

612808

be heesenmnnne 2 SPV PRES Mindenarie SM UTKIT Central VIC

BO neracanys 2h Aventdta Al DNi238 Johns River, Natth Coast, NSW

& retverttiana © Minti ens Domesticde MD 52255 Mr Annan Gardens. WSW

A stter® SPA VOntts Parner sD DNS41 Southern WA

Tate 2. PCR amd sequencing primers used at this study. “Region refers tothe revian af the ehipraplasé gename thai was

ningeted, “Primer HAR is the mine of the primer und ils direction (Forwurd/Reverse). “Reverse of primer math 4 of

Manos suid Steele (/ 997),

Region Primer (F'R) Relerence Primer Sequenec

tn-miiF TABe (F) Tuberlet ct af 1991 5 COAAATCGGTAGACGCTACG 4

TAB) (RR) Taherlet eral a9 S ATTTOAACTUGTOACACGAG 4

iplierhel spacer ep (de) Savolainen ehah ad S GAAGTAGGATTOAPPOATTORO 47

rhels (Ry Savolainen erat (994 S TACAGVIGTOCOATOTACCAG V

CieME Uk)

CiPM2¢ R)

G McKinnon

t) Mckinaon

PSNI rHIK spacer

FS AGACUGTITTCORGTGCG ¥

S ACKAGY TOCOGGOTTOOA 3

mk So ond uk (Py Manus sod Steele (997 S CTANSCUGTAGAGTACTOCL 3°

mak 4r( RY Manus ane Steeke (997 S CATCTTICACCOCGGTAGOGAAG 37

nih OA’ 972F (FP) Olmstead umd Sweere 1994 Ss GPETCAATTOCGOTTATATGATG 3°

1OBR (Ry Olnstead ant) Sweere 1994, S GCATAGTATTIGTOCGATTCATRAGG 4°

except thal the wdAP primers required 4 mM M,C,

Cycling conditions for all PCRS were: iottial melling

av 95°C for S min 3s eyeles of 94°C for lamin. 46°C

for Finin, 72°C for | minga final extension period of

72°C for S ming Sequencing was carried out as

described previously (Steane er u/. 1999), Sequences

were aligned by eye. The I7S sequences were

ingerporited into the ITS daty set of Steune ef ef,

(2002). All chloroplast sequences were combined

into asingle matrix. Gaps of hwo or mere bases were

scored us binary “aap” characters: (.e.. presences

abschce of gap) and the corresponding nucleotide

vharacters were excluded from the analysis, Two

feyions of arbicuity were identified ii the epDNA

dita set umd were exeluded trom the analysis: firstly.

14 bases of a single base microsatellite region in the

wul-nrul sequence: and secondly, three bases of

ambigaous alignment due to the mtraducton of gaps

into the apB-rheL spaeer sequence. Phylogenetic

anilyses were carried out using PAUP 4.063

(Swofford 999), Afalysis of the cpDNA data set

consisted ofa branch and bound search, the data set

was booistrapped 100 times using 100 replicates of

rundom addition sequence (MULTREES OFF). ITS

dala were analysed using heuristic search strategies

usmg rite as the functional outgroup (see

Steane er a/, 2002), The ITS data set was

boatstrapped S000 times using closest addition

sequence. steepest descent and MULT REES OFF,

Resulis

the chloroplast sequence data set comprised 26

samples (representing 15 species of Eucalyprs and

cight Gutwroup taxa), 3461 aligned bases (of which

X4 were potentially phylogenetically informative)

wund |4 gap characters (5 informative), lable 3

summarises the parlitioning of information between

the different regions of the chloroplast genome.

Branch and bound analysis of the epDNA data set

yielded 76 trees of length (excluding auta-

pomorphies). | = 151. (leneth including aute-

pomorphies, |, 332), consistency index (exclude

aulapomorphies), Cl = 0.669, and retention index, il

~ 0.845. The strict consensus is shown in Figs t- The

strict consenses shows that all species of subgenus

MOLECULAR PHYLOGENY OF TROPICAL BOXES 2H

Tani 3 dufienuation conten of aligned chlaraplast sequences. “bariuble sites” unludes iiformative and qulapamorpliy

lies. “informutive sites includes only potentially plivlagencrically lafovmative sites, Percentdves are culeulated us a

perconnige vl the uligned sequence length

RKogion Alinta Variable siles Informauve sites Informative sites Total inform,

lenth (hp) (Yo) (oy (otal ides) characters

(ral-irnk 721 M55) 13. (1.8%) 2 (4) 13

wipBerheL spacer BBR 41 (4.6%) Io (18%) (6) 14

pshA-irals spacer 4 27 bS") Hh (zat) Oar tl

mak 3 end 877 SY (10) 2!) 2s (TN) 0) 25

mh OA SSl 50 (8.0%) 19 (3.3%) bil) 2)

Votal 3461 247 (7,1) R4 (2.4%) 5 (14) 89

Mimiifrucius (godes MD and ME in Fig. 1) arise E glabulis 1 SM

from within subgenus Svauplvenvrusy (code starting

with °S’ in Fig. £). The monophyly of subgenus

Miuniifeuetus cannot be verified from Fis. |

‘The ehloroplast data presented here represent new

additional evidenee - with strong bootstrap and

bravely support - for the genetic differentiation of

Angephora and Caoryabia (together — with

Arillasiruay) from the other eucalypts, and for the

possible puraphyly of Corvahia (Steane ef al, 20022

Udovieie and Ladiges 2000).

The addition of eight new samples to (he “full” PPS

data set of Steane ev al, (2002) did not change

siznifivantly the overall topology of the strict

consensus oblained in the previous study (Steune e¢

al, 2002), The heuristie search of the ITS) data

vielded a total of LS1135 trees, |= 399 (1, = 405), CL

(444. and RI ~ O.889 ATL four species lrom

Subsenus Minwifrvetus enterge trom within

subgenus Spaphyonyriis Vhe “Syaphvemyrius”

portion of the strict consensus is shown io Fig, 2, The

four species of subgenus Minufi/rucius are divided

between two sister clades. Eucalyptus deulupta

(section Equatoriad) and FL brechvanedra (secuon

Domestica seusu Brooker) ure more closely alened

with sections Aasertaria, Latoangulatd and

Meidenarig (Clades Bound C from Steane ef uf.

2002: Fig. 2). Buealypnis howirttne and &-

ravercliana (both section Domestica) appear to be

ionophyletic with secriuns Biveetae, ddnetarie and

Dumaria (Clade Az: Steane et af. 2002), The same

E, glabulus 2 SM

E globulus 35M

J

E kitsoniana | SM

E, kitsonlarla 2 SM

E, raveretiana MD

E. howifliana 2MD

E.deglupta 43ME

E. brachyandra MD

Subgenus

AMinutarintys

Subgenus SyupAyomytus

e

E diversicolor St

E stoate: SO

I

E. tenuipes Cb

&. jackson Eli

E diversvalia ssp, diversialin FL

E curtisii 1 Ac

E_ mictacorys 2 Al

E quilfayle: OC

F. baileyana UR

Angaphora leiocarpa

Corymbja maculata CP

Corymbia calophylia CR

Corymnbia intermedia CR

topology within subgenus Syayeloeaitis was Arilast um

obtained when the eight new species were added to A

the “smaller Simphvanverms data set” (SSDS) of Stogtiveiie

Steane ef al (2002: resulls not shown), Bootstrap Altesynicanpia

and braneh support values. for the sphiting of

Lophosteman

Fig. |. Strict consensus (1 151, ht = 332201 0.669 R10 845) of 76 Inost parsimonious trees obtained from chidistie analysis

of cpDNA sequence dak lronr 1S species of Bucs ples aint cight outgroup Lika, Bootstrap percenuiyes over 50%) are shown

vbove. and braneh lenetlis (from) a sinale ee) are shown below, internal branches. Cipital letters followings species names are

ihe subgenus section eade for each species [see Steane er a/. (2002) for full details}: Ac = subgenus dcernsces Al - subuenus

Alveataie, Cly~ subgenis Cubaidea CC - subgenus Crticifirmes: CP = Corvindra, section Palitaria. CR ~ Canimbtiisechion

Kofiteio: LL subgenus Bical, section Langisivia: MD - subgenus Wirti/ricis, section Demesticus ML ~ subgenus

Minuti{rienis, section Ryudforiu: SD - subgenus Svaphyeanvetus, section Aanrarid: S1- subgenus Syaiplivenyrais, section

/nehisa: SM - subgenus Svnphvonvetus. section Meidenarias UR - subgenus Eudevini, section Rerentane

All S. WHITTOCK. DOA. STIANE RE

subgenus MWinvnfiiius beiweem these clades,

however, are low:

Discussion

Since IY76 when Johnsen added the intornial

E platen 38M

sonata 25)

a E aromaphinlia ei

£ glatuius | 3M

SYMPH1SM

E ovata SM

fd E kitsumania VSM |

SYMPH SM

SYMPH2 5M

£_ niteans 25M

— corainse 5M

= Es Soe SM

E. glabyius | SM

i= Tnaictera SM

durin 8M

E. michaelanit SA

E hall Sé

& gtantie 1 SL

E. granadis2 Sb

grandis VSt

— alia SE

platyprivila SE

E_ houseana SE a

LATO? SI

£. uraghyia 2 BL

E brassiaiia St

E camalduignsis SE

E, glaucina SE

E tereticarnis SE

1

4 c

mimi

ry

Ee E aoa ate ‘e

aT upla

E deglupta 3 ME

ri : E.deglupta 4 WE

5 E deglupta 2ME

E, brachyandra MID

E popuines SA

D E fanstluwrearia SA

—, howitiana 2 MD

' E melliodoyass

(Ucn SA

raveretiana MO

howittiana =MD

, albons 5A

erebra SA

polyantherriag SA A

microihaca 5A

| Spalhulata SB

wandew SB

cornlita 3A

, dundee SA

fests wptittales SP

staatal | SD

, stoater 2 SO

UNM SD

&. balladarnensie SB

E. = Srouevee 3B

E. falvata 5

1 E dehnats SB Dp

E optima 58

E saloronopnkve SU

= E pachyplylla 56

~ DIVERSICOLOR 51

7 E guilfoylo.CG

110. © ancraceys | Al

= E micracutys 2 Al

pola aly

m

mmmmn

nim

fuvestat Fig. 1,

Greene etal. 2002

Vig. 2 Portion] sinel consensus cladogram (| ~ 399, li 465,

Cl» DASH, RE O889) [rom chudistio dinilysis of PTS

sequence dald (ihree new Samples of subwentis

VWinwirncias were added to previously published yalin sel;

see Stoune ef af. 2002) showing positions of specius from

siibuenus Aiiitifeictas wihin subgenus. Syaphyeny eng.

Boolstilap percentages over S0"% ure shown wboyes aie

broneh lenuths (on asingle ree) are shawn Melow ifernal

branches. Chies AL B. ¢ and 2D 6P subgenus

Svaiphvomveny (Steane eal, 2002) are shown: Chide A

comprises seems Aenetatio (SA) Bicone (SH) 1,

Phavsperma (SPY and Dimmaria (SD) as well us £

envio onl eS siveeiie from subperiis Affinity:

C finle 18 - scetions Lifaaneulaae (SL and Ayer (Sh)

Chile C -scettons Aeideneii (SM) aml Rueentus (SR):

Clarke 1 - secrinnn /vedivere (SI) and Bivertae (SB) TL See

levend to Via. | for other subsenus/section codes.

VAL LIANCOURT & RIL, POTTS

subgenus “felocelvpins’ to the seven existing

subgenera of Bycalytiis (Pryor and Johnson 1971),

the tour tropical boxes, &) dewlupnd, & bruchvundrat.

LK hewitt und 2. raveretiona, have been

rouped together ina single subgenus. However, in

their original “Informal Classification of the

Ruealypts” Pryor and Johnson (1971) placed these

four species i two sections of subgenus

Svinphvaonveius.. Encalyplus hawitiane was placed

in the monotypic section Hearitaria, and the other

three species conslituled section Aynateria, The

phylugeneGe order of Pryor and Johnson's (1971)

classification placed section //aviiitama quite close

to section ddnatarid (congruent with our results: see

Fig, 2) In 1976, Johnsen combined sections

Kynataria ond Howitaria and separated them (as

subgenus Telocalyyptus) from subgenis

Spniphyoryenis, on the basis of their “wuly terminal

inflorescences”.

Both seis of molecular data presented herein

support the oliginal postulition by Pryor and

Johnson (197]) that species from subgents

Minutifructus aetually evolved from within

subgenus Syiphvooweriis, his is supported Lo same

degree by hybridisation data, although the

possitilily that the ability to hybridise is 4

pleisiomorphic trait can not be dismissed, Crosses

between eucalypt species trom the different major

subgenen are nol successful, although hybridisation

dues veeur between the monotypic subyenus

Idiagenes (FE claeziand) and its very close ally (see

Steane ef af, 2002; Udoyiere and Ladies 2000),

subgenus Hueelyplus (specifically, By venrenailes;

Stokoe ef af. 2001). Manipulated interspecitic

crosses wiwvalvings ie smill subpenus Aditi eens

und twa species Of sibgenus Semphvanryrtis

Jseelion Lufoansudatac (sensu Brooker 2000),

wophvlla s deghipa and &. pelfita x dewlapna;

Vieneron and Bouvet 2000. Siarot 1991: Griffin ef

vi. LORS] huve beon suecessfil to some extent, Apart

from these there have been no reports of natural

intru- Gb inter-yenene hybrids involving subgenus

Minutiiones (Grittin ef al, 1988), although (hese

May be (he only crosses ever tested, Our VS cata

(Fig, 2) show that 4) deg/upra occurs in a clade with

section Liloaneulutie (as well as seeious

Eysevlanin, Malena and Kacey), a vhs tay

help to explain the relutive suceess of ihe

Latoanenlate & EO deelupia erosses since, in i

broad sense, the more closely related cuculypt wike

are, the Wisher the likelihood of Successtul

iilerspecilic crosses (see Polls ef af, 2002; Steane ve

a, 2ON2),

Despite the assertion by Eldridge erud 11993) that

BE. devlupta bas neurly all the features of Brooker’s

(1986) “proto-cuealyptus’, the molecular evidence

indicates. that 2. deulupla evolved [ron a

MOLECULAR PHYLOGENY OF TROPICAL BOATS 3]

symphyvomyrl ancestor after differentiation from

other subgenera (carly Tertiary: Specht 1996). Thus,

the suggestion that /. dee/upte may represent an

aneient ancestral cuculypt can be putaside. in favour

of the hypothesis that £. dee/hupar evolved outside

Australia fram oa symphyomyrt ancestor, either

vicariantly (eg. as ae result of fragmentation and

westward Migration of pieces of the Australian plate

during the Miocene; Ladiges 1997), or as the result

of long-distance seed dispersal (ew. by winds Cam

1973, Pryor and Johnsen 1981),

The relationship of AO Aewittiena to the other

iropical boxes is of particular interest, given thot

Pryor and Johnson (1971) and Chippendale (198s)

placed £0. howled in its own monotypic taxon,

The chloroplast DNA data presented here indicate a

sister relationship between oO hewittiana and.

raverifiana. Both fhese species gtow ih ferthera

Queensland, and their close genetic relulionship nay

representa vicurniit allupaitie pattern of speciarion-

The scwrevation ol 2. heavidiana from the other

tropical boxes. on the basis of a suite of whar are

most likely aulaponiorphie characters, makes the

group al the remaining three species [ew series

Myriiformes (sensu Chippendale 1988). or seetion

Ayuclorin (sense Pryor and Johnson 19749]

paraphyletic.

The inmeve by Johnson (1976) to amalgamate the

tropical boxes into a single subgenus was bused oui

single character state (terminal inflorescences) that ts

rire in cucalypts, but could potentially he

homoplasious. Although neither source oF molecular

daa convincingly supports Affaires as i

nionephyletic group, bootstrap and branch support

for polyphyly of the taxon ure low. More data are

required to determine whether this taxon 1s

monophyletic. or whether the associauon of F,

howd and & raveritiqna with seetionns

Adinutaria and Pumacia is realor simply an artefact

of homoplasious (TS sequenec data. The elloroplas!

DNA dua (Fig. 1) certainly do not support such an

alliative, Repurdless, subgenus Waiwifienis 1s over

ranked jind should be reduced to seenonal level

within subgenus Syapyenivetas,

Acknowledgements

This research was funded by am Australian

Researel Couneil Grant, The authors are indebted to

those persons and organisations who provided

iadterial lor this. study, in particulurs Dean Nicolle

(Curreney Crech Arboretum, South Australi. Jobe

Nightingele (Australian National Botanic Gardens.

Canberra), Nutalic Papworth (Royal Tusminiin

Botanie Gardens) and Sharon Wilson (George

Brown Darwin Bolinie Gardens).

References

Rieko MOL He (986) An Wiltoduction ta rhe stidy of

characters in bueafypi pp. TL142 fr Ayling. BD.

and Sewank BRT (Ribs) Mraceediines of eb urhsliap

on seed Hiding and eucaliph favenauey (Inlernational

Development Research Centre, O1LWwil).

Brooki MLE TE (2000) 4 new classificdtion oF ihe genus

Eucalyptus CI ler, (Myriteeae), died, Srvf, Bot 13, 79

14x

tan S$... M. (1973) Problems of the voogriphy of the

tropical cuvdlypts. pp. US34182 fi Walker De (Cd,)

Bridge and Barrier Phe Natural and Cultural Clistory ob

hores oStraie’ (Australian National Uiriwersity.

(ainbern)-

CUrPEDALE, i, M. (T98R) *Faeadiis, clagaphare

(Myrineene), Plane af lastrelta 19" (Austegting

Goverment Poblishing Service, Canberra)

Phntibed. Ko DAvIbSOn, dy PARwooby OG) & Yom Wyk. CG,

1003) “hitulypt Bomestienion and Breeding”

(Clarendon Press. Os lord)

Pith mas dS. versie. TL DAS teas. BAL Mi Kansan

Got, Durnewsen C. Wo Portis. BoM &

Vulliancouin Roo (2001) Chloreplast DNA

plivlogcouriphy of Fucalyplis atohulay. dust J Bai 48,

SRS-AUG,

Giri AR, Boroanss bh Bo & Wonr, L. (hss) Patterns

wi warutal aad mampubied hybridisation in the genus

Picalypos Lert - review tar 2 Ber 36: 41-06.

Janinsup. lb ALS CLM 761 Problenis ofspeetes und venicra 1

Hieatoptis (Myrtacoug). Platt Syst. Eva. 12S. 155-867.

Laniobs. TR oY (h997)) Plylogenene listary aid

chissificalian ol cucalypts pp 16-20 1 Wallis, J. 0.

uml Woinirski J, ©, 4. this “Luculypl Eealopy

Indiveduals te Leosysteams (Cambridge University

Press. Cambcide).

Lamers, BY. Davie Fo Ditinnas, ALN, (10054

Goealypl phylogeny - nralecules and merphalagy. ast

Suk Aoi, Pe aed7

Noysos, BS. & SILI. be P1997) Phyloenetic anilyets

of higher” Hamuniclididae based on plustid sequence

lyin daa Ae Ba AO7-1479.

Oosieve ROG & Swerer. IAL (1994) Combining dan

iW phylogenetic systematics: an enpirival approach ising

three molecular dita sets in the Solinaceae. Siw, Bit

AX, ATs |

Pos, FO ML Rakbolk ROL HiWostom, AL Bok

Vai ageobid, RP, (2007) Cenehe pollution ab mative

eucilypl gene pools: denitilyinges the risks, dit fh Bet.

i) press.

Prevod D d& hiissonm. LON SLUT TA Classi fieadon

af the Euealyprs”. (Australian National University,

Ss umberr),

Prvon, DD. & Jorksom LOA. S. Clos Ty Bucatipany (he

aniversal Australians pp. 489-536 Jn Keast, A, (Bd)

“Feologeal bogeupraphy of Australia’ (WW. dune, the

Thue),

Sate, M. Mio Porrs, BLM., Wrad A. KA, Rein, FR (1908)

Relationships within Acad pai using chloroplast DNA,

frie Avwt Bor @, (27-138

32 5. WHITTOCK, D, A. STEANE, R. E, VALLIANCOURT & R. H. POTTS

Sate, M.M., Porrs, BoM.. Wrst, A. K., Reip, J. B. (1996)

Relationships within ELucalvpius using PCR-

amplification and southern hybridisation of chloroplast

DNA, dust, Syst. Bor. 9, 273-282.

SAVOLAINEN, V., MANEN, LF, Douzery, E.. Sprcimarr, R

(1994) Molecular phylogeny of familics related to

Celesirales based on rheL 5° flanking sequences. Mol.

Phylog, Evol. 3, 27-37.

Siaror. PT. (1991) Preliminary field performance of Fl

eucalyptus hybrids in PICOP. Sy/vatrop Tech. J. for

Philipp. Ecosystems and Nat. Res, 1, 61-73.

Sprcirr, R.L. (1996) The influence of soils on the evolution

of the cucalypts pp. 31-60 /n Attrwill, P.M. and Adams,

M, A, (Eds,) “Nutrition of cuealypts” (CSIRO,

Melbourne).

STPANE, D. A., MCKINNON, G. E., VAILLANCOURT, Ro E..

Ports, B. M. (1999) ITS sequence data resolve higher

level relationships among the cucalypts. Mol Phyvlog:

Evol. 12, 215-223.

STeaANr, D. A. Nicounr, D.. McKInNon, G. E.,

VAILLANCOURT, R. E., Porrs, B. M. (2002) Higher level

relationships among the eucalypis are resolved by ITS-

sequence data. Aust Sust. Bot, 15, 49-62,

Srokoer, R. L., Sipernerp, M., Lae, Ded, Nikiis, D. G. &

Henry, Ro J. (2001) Natural inter-subgencric

hybridisation between Eucalyptus acmenoides Schauer

and Eucalyptus cloeziana F, Muell, (Myrtaceae) in

southeast Queensland. dan, Bot. 88, 563-570.

Sworrorp, D. L. (1999) *PAUP*. Phylogenetic analysis

using parsimony (*and other methods), version 4."

(Sinaucr, MA).

TABFRLET, P. Gieiey, L., Paurot, G., Bouver, J, (1991)

Universal primers for the amplification of three non-coding

regions of chloroplast DNA. Plant Mol. Biol. 17, 1105-1109.

Upovicic, F., LApicks, PY, (2000) Informativencss of

nuclear and chloroplast DNA regions and the phylogeny

of the eucalypts and related genera (Myrtaceae). Kew

Bull. 55, 633-645.

VAILLANCOURT, Ro E. & Jackson, H. D. (2000) A

chloroplast DNA hypervariable region in’ cucalypts.

Theor: Appl. Genet, 101, 473-477,

VIGNERON, P. & Bouvet, J. (2000) Eucalypt hybrid breeding

in Congo pp. 14-26 Jn Dungey, H. S., Dieters, M. J. and

Nikles, D. G. (Eds.) “Hybrid breeding and genetics of

forest trees, Proceedings of QFRI/CRC-SPF Symposium,

9-14th April 2000 Noosa, Queensland, Australia”.

TRACE METALS ASSOCIATED WITH SESTON COLLECTED

FROM SPENCER GULF, SOUTH AUSTRALIA, NEAR A LEAD

SMELTER: SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION, TEMPORAL

VARIABILITY AND UPTAKE BY BIVALVES

By Kirstin. E. Ross*, JOSEPH R. BIDWELL, MICHAEL WILLIAMST

& JOHN BOLAND#£E

Summary

Ross, K. E., Bidwell, J. R., Williams, M. & Boland, J. (2002) Trace metals associated

with seston collected from Spencer Gulf, South Australia, near a lead smelter: spatial

distribution, temporal variability and uptake by bivalves. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.

127(1), 33-45, 31 May, 2003.

Metal input from point-source discharges results in concentrations in the receiving

areas that vary in both space and time. In order to assess the spatial distribution and

temporal variability of metals in the Upper Spencer Gulf as a result of metal input

from a lead smelter, seston was collected over six week periods at eight sites around

the gulf.

Prisca ofthe Ravel Seerern ofS. Aust (N04), T27CT), S345

TRACE METALS ASSOCIATED WITH SESTON COLLECTED FROM

SPENCER GULF, SOUTH AUSTRALIA, NEAR A LEAD SMELTER; SPATIAL

DISTRIBUTION, TEMPORAL VARIABILITY AND UPTAKE BY BIVALVES

by Kurstin E, Ross , Josern R, Biowet, Micnven WinitAms? & JouN BoLasn

Summary

Ross. Ro. BibWwhLi, J) RO AWILLIa MS. ME Boas dh (2002) Trtee metals dssociuted with seston callected

from Spencer Gull, South Australia, neara lead sragler spatial chsuTbution, lemporal variability and uptike by

bivalves. Trams. AL Sue Slit, 12712 33-48, Sh May, 20028,

Motil mput from pain-suirce discharges results in comeentralions in (be receiving areds (hal vary in both

apdlvesind time, by order to asses the spatial distribution ind teaiperal yurtabdicy of metals in the Upper Spencer

Gallas a cesull of inetal imput from a lead smelter, seston was collected yer sis Week periods ab eight sites

around the ell, A total 24 cotlections frofa the cizhit seston sampling sites was made, Levels of metals mi the

seston were elevated al the four sites closest to First Creek (the sinelter effluent discharge creck) Steston

collected fram site Wo (he Site closest to the smelier) conlitined ihe Inwhest levels ef wll meusired metus.

Levels ol Pb in W6 seston ranged from 973 pore te 3060 ue. while levels of Zn. Cd, Cu and Mir al this site

runged tram 2630 98530 w/e. 41.2 356 pip Jeb 2 ywe andl 24) - 92) jie g, respeelively. A stone

seasonal (iiTuerice Hi seston metal levels Was folind at all sides except Wo. The extentor this seasonal inflnenee

was evaliled usin fine sertesainglyses ind the influence imeerporved to deteriiine overall trends, Seusonal

yariiiion pecounts for one third te hall (he-variation in deposition annually, Most sites cxhibited higher tctal

Jevels in winken eoresponding with the decreased seston deposifon in thal season, spd conyersely. inerensed

mel eaneentralions mh Summer eorrespondis veih hivher depesilion fares. There was to simficanl change

over Hime in depasinen mites at any af the sites exeepl We. for which there was a decrease tr total deposition

aver The monitoring: period. Mast sites showed statistically significant changes in seston ainietal levels over the

three years of the study, The site.closest to the effluent outhlll (Wo) was the only site Chat showed a significant

inerease in metal concenrravions aver the monitoring penod, This study indicates that frequent repular

monitoring ef seston inetals allows variation ating Hom-seasanal diflerenges to be taken into aewount. allow

lanporal Changes to be elucidated. ‘Vo cyaluate hroayvailubility uf metals associated with seston in the Upper

Spencer Cul (for which there were lirge quiintities of inetal data. experiments were condieted Using seallops

(Peete alba Tate) (Simmer) and scallops did initissels (V7 eeiliey edits Linnaeus) Gillin expostre), Mussels

were vise placed al the seston sampling site closest to the effluent outfl and removed at tilervals. aver We ste

week sampling period i aun to detcemine the wate of poeta) uptake, Tissues were anilysed Tor levels of Pb,

cd, Cu. Zand Mn and the levels at Gach site: eompared wih that in the seston, A stone relationship wats fauna

henween the levels of Ph und Zn in sestun and scallop Pb und Zn uptake. whereas Cu and Cd levels in seston

showed no celationship with thoseait scallop tissues. Lead and Zn in mussel Gssne were rekited to Phand Za i

sustun, and (here were alse weaker relatipaships beween the Jevels oF Coland Cu in the mussel lssic and seston,

athough celurionships. will these mctals were not-deteeted in the seallops, The temporal sceumutation stucky

iicheated that mussels Were roguliing some meus. wilh Zi and Mr levels raitialby increasing, then levelling

off. Cadmium Jevels were high in the seallops collected from the referenve site, and Shinwed ao signiicant

meréause an reirieval after si Weeks near the smelter Cadmium in the mussels mercised srnificantly ayer the

six aveeh expesure period, Copper levels were also high in the sealops: Von blared icke Bay, and decrensed

significantly uflersis Weeks in summer, Copper levels remained staric for both mussels sind scallops ta qulunm-

Neither Cd nor Co showed a relationship between the levels in seston wid seallops in either exposure,

During four seston collections: the total organic carbon (POC) conteal and the particle siae distribution of

seston collec tina evel af (he sites was determined, Suypnisingly oo relittorships were found between cuhe

POC content or particle size of seston und metal conventions in the bivalyes, supgestiog tat the mujer

WiMbevce in Nssue metal level as the total coneentation of the mekds im the seston. These results are enitiemed

(perteulirky in the case of Ph and Zn) by the relationships between seston metals and bivalve tissue levels,

Kivwouns: trace melas, seston. Spencer Gull seailop, mussel, Peete afba. WWyrilas celulis

Introduction

Wildl ang) Visteries Sciences. lexstn A de ME Universiy. 200

Nuigh Hall, 2258 TAME, College Sram, PS TIS USA

HL hentsn Ge Gann cile

Depiehient ol “daly. Okita Shite Uriverate Stillwater

(hy 7-7

Sehoot ob Phatincetiaal Molenhir ant Migdedical Sei nees.

Uiiversity af South Austotlia, Auebuide, 54, 8000

Seloliol Matheniatios, Untsersity of South Austialia, Miisssul

Takes: So. StS

Localised tice metal polation from iddsttial ar

municipal wastes his been entlied as one ob the

major issues facing the Atstrabiin frartae

environment (Zann S985). Since metal levels

assocrated with water purtiedhite mater and

sudiment can vary Over ime. determining the extent

of trace metal enrighment reqoires not only an

understanding ef the spatial extent of contamination,

34 K. F. ROSS, J, R. BIDWELL,

but also of the degree of temporal variability

associated with metal levels in the various phases.

The aim of this study was to determine the spatial

distribution and temporal trends in seston metal

levels in the Spencer Gull, an area that receives an

effluent with elevated metal concentrations from one

of the world’s largest lead/zinc smelters. Seston for

the purposes of this study is defined as the living or

dead. inorganic and organic particulate matter

temporally suspended in the water column (i.e. that

proportion that eventually settles into a collecuion

tube). As an extension of the studies of seston metal

levels, uptake of metals by organisms feeding on

sesion was assessed, Molluses are commonly usec

hiomonitors (Rainbow 1995), because they are filter

feeders, tolerate a range of contaminants and are

widely distributed (George 1980; Morse et ai. 1993:

Connel ef al 1999), Experiments were conducted

usmg scallops (Peeren alba Tate) and mussels

(Mytilus edulis Linnaeus) translocated = [rom

reference sites and placed at the seston collection

Ward Spit

Maas

Mangraves

Fie. |. The study area

M. WILLIAMS & J. BOLAND

1

South Australia

Pecten alba collection site

(Hardwicke Bay)

PORT PIRIE

@ Adelaide

300) kilomet res,

Mytilus edulis collection site

(Kangaroo Island)

Smelter

Pon Pirie River

SESTON METALS AND BIVALVES IN THE SPENCER GULD

sites. Peeren alba are indigenous to the area where its

M. eduliy is a cosmoapolitin species suitable for

drawing between-site comparisens (Rainbow 1995),

The study area

The smelter is located at Port Pirie on the Spencer

Gull of South Australia (Fig. 1) and has been in

operation since the [S90s. Processing mainly Pb and

Zn, addition to lesser quantities of other metals

and alloys. the facility has been a source of metal

input mo the gulf for more than one hundred yeurs.

The extent and impact of elevated metal levels was

assessed Lirouge a series of studies conducted in the

lute 1970s und carly 1980s (Ward e7 af. 1982; 1964:

Ward & Young 1984) Ward, ef af |984: Ward &

Hutchings 1996). In allition to some of the highest

ever reported levels of metals in sediments (5000

ta/e Ph. 16,000 tse Zn and 260 weve Cd), these

studies also demonstrated that marine plants and

animals (for example, Posidenia australis, Prine

bicolor, Penaeus latisieatis. Portinus pelagi us)

near the smelter had accumulated inetaly in their

tissues (Ward ef af 1982) Ecolowical effects

included the absence of some species from

communities in heavily contaminated sites and the

presence of some species that appeared particularly

resistant to high metal levels (Ward ef a/. 1982).

Llistorically, waste metals from the Port Pirie

sineller were derived from stack emissions ind dust

blown from the site, release of liquid effluent ond

loss oF metal ares and concentrates during loading of

ships (Ward eral 1982) Most of these sourees have

heen tmininised ov clitinated as facilihes were

upgraded and more ngorous environmental policies

adopted, However. the wastewater effluent continues

(i be a significant souree of trace metals, notably Ph.

24, Cd, Cu and Ma (Ward ef af. 1984), Currently. the

wyerave effluent discharge levels are around sO0.000

miday. The effluent ts released into a rapidly

Howing small dul ereek (First Creek) that leads to

the Open waters of the gulf Th their studies of the

smelter receryvine system, Ward ef a/. (1954)

Meusured trace melt ievels in suston. They chose

(iis phase because a lame proportion of the

orgunisnis within this systein are fitter Feeders (Ward

etal, (984). The objeerive of the study was to again

exumune metal levels in seston beeause of the

ceolovical siznificunce Of this phase.

Materials and Viethods

Sampling

Seston samplers (Fig. 2) were placed at cight sites

(St S82.83, 54. Wi. W3. Wo, W7) (Fig. 1). The W-

Sites ipproximiaite those used in the study by Ward e¢

wl (1982) The Sesites were chosen to follow

prevailing currents and tidal movements within the

bed

w

TARLE 1 dite Coeurdinates Jor Seston sampling sites.

Seston sampling site Site co-ordinttes

51 33° 07.982''S 137° 54.298! E

52 337 05,605' § 137° 58,724" E

33 33° 03-914" § 137° 51.130" E

s4 33" 10,766" S 137° 47.682" b

Wi 337 03.644 S 137° Se0lU EF

WS 33° 06.691" S 137° 49449" [

Wh AX" 08,034" S 137° 57.728" b

W7 337 04.422" 5 197° 48.1075 FF

2 35mm

+>

rape to attach

cement weight

Fig. 2) Seston sampler

area (Ferguson 1983) (Table Lt Fig. 1), Phe seston

sumplers were made oF PVC jibing (if 35 mm x

400 mm long. total volume = 385 mi), with inserted

baffles lo prevent ce-suspension of collected seston

(our tubes per site). The samplers were attached toa

conerete block such that the opening of the tubing

faving up was approxinuitely One metre ubove the

sediment (Ward er af. J984), Two bueys were

athiched to the sainplers to jake the site visible. The

collected seslon was recovered as close ia six week

intervals as weather conditions allowed. Samples

were retrieved by pulling them from the water ina

4th KL, ROSS.) RO BIDWELL. M. WILLIAMS & J BOLAND

Inder to piimise cisturbanee Of the colleeted

seston. Lach lube was capped and the sanjplers

retumed to the laboratory. On retrieval, new lubes

were placed in the sumpling rack to initiate the nest

collection. PWwerty theee collections at the eight

seston sumpling sites were made between July 1997

and November 2000,

Seton digestion and analyyis

Seston collected from each tube was fillered

through pre-weighed filters (Whatman! 42 ~ 25 un

followed by MLAS um filters Millipore’). the ters

and seston dried to a constant weight (-70°C). The

first 13 sets of samples were digested with 20 inl

TO! HNO), (Anata) and TO mi 70%, Tero

(Analar). Pive millilitres 37% HCL (Anolar") was

added (o the aqueous fraction remaining Tron the

diaestion and was made up to 50 mi with Milli RO’

water, The other ten sets of samples were digested in

HO. and HINO, followed by HCL (the change due to

a chinge in policy of regarding the use oF HCIO, at

dur resewreh institution) aid made to SO pl with

Milli ROY. Tilter papers aeid blanks and river

sediment relvrence standard (Standard Reference

Material (1645. Washington, DC) controls were

used, Samples were analysed — for metal

concentrations using atone absorption spectroscopy

(Varian"). The difference in results for the two

digestion techniques found tm the sediment stundiund

were used to “edrreet® iter samples for differences

in metal recovery unsing Tram the different

Uigesticitts.

Seston characterisation

During four of the collechiods in autumn, the toil

orginie carbon (TOC) content and the particle: size

distribution of seston eulleeted from each of the sites

were delermingd. The particle size frucrions above

wid below 75 (ii were determined hy wel sieving

and siibsequent drying ut lO0"C for 2b bh. The

Huction below 75 ior was further characterised

ust at Lirser Mastersizer (Malvern Tystruiments

bach) All fractions (above 63 am, 63-4 yon and those

below 4) aire reported as a percent dry weight of

the toil sediment. TOC was determined using the

modified Mebius procedure deseribed by Nelson &

Salniners (1O82)

Peclen alba pané Mytilus cclulis s/pedies

‘Two separale expasure studies were undertaken, In

the firsr (summer exposure: 20/11/98 AA /99), PB

d/ha were the only organisms used. In the second

(QUIT expusine! 6/4/99 — 18/5/99), scallops and

A) edalis Were used and additional mussels were

Placed wt the site elosest to the effluent autfull and

colleched wl iplervals lo -assess remporal pike of

irate onelals, Seallops were collected trom

Hardwieke Bay on the Yorke Peninsula of South

Australia, and mussels from Kangaroo Island

upproximately PS ke from the South oAustration

mainland. ‘These sites hud previously been reported

to have low. inetal concentrations (Zany (99s, Ward

vd al, 1984), Both species were held in flow through

tanks far several days for depuration priar te

translovution, Thirty scallops (20 1 summer and

10 i) autumn) and bine mussels were retuned

for digestion (o establish initial trace metal

concentrations (desiunated as reference vonven-

tritians). Mussels (pliced frst in mesh orange bags)

und scallops were plaeed in plastic cages attached tu

the seston samplers al cael) seston sampling site (rig

1) and left in place for six weeks, Scallops were

placed al all sites io the summer exposure and ut-sites

$2.53. S4, WE and W7 in the autumm exposure,

Mussels Were placed at all sites except WI in the

wulumn.

Ar the end of the field expasure. seallops and

Ifussels were batlirned to the luboritory and euch

Whole body dried Lo constiunt wermht at 70°C price

io digestion in HNO, and HCIO, (Anata), Tissues

were analysed for levels al Pb, Cd, Cu, Zn und Min

Using alomie ubserpuan spectroscopy, A biological

suuindard. mussel issue (GBW O85 71) obtained bom

the National Researeh Centre for Certified Reference

Materials (CRM). (Ciraham Bo daekson Ply Lid,

Victoria. Australia. wos digested cum) aimbysed inthe

sume manner as the Sanples.

lemporul uplake

Mussels were placed at Wé (ihe seston sampling

site closest ta the effluent Guu) und Sta 6

Indiviellals remewed for jaueysis on days 3, 7, 14, 28

und 42 over the sia week caposure period iy aul

to determine the rate of metal uptake. Only A, etieliy

Wis used lor Unis study stave the foradon was both

shallow (and therefore subject to rapid temperature

Fluctiuitionsd and had high levels af suspended

sellids.

Sterlivlical anedlyses

Initial evaluation of the data sets indiguled a

seasonal influence on bath seston deposition ind

metal coneentralions al most sites; ‘Tinie series

analyses were therefore conducted on each metal and

deposition data set by re-urdering the data by time ul

your, irrespective of year colleered Cosine curves’

(y- ytaucos(2atT +h)

whites ¥ inca metal Concentvation aver [he

sampling: pemod at each Site. aand b abe Trequeney

and magnitude variibles. 7 365 days. and ¢ = cli

of dalleetion (ala possible 365) were fitted to these

re-ordertd data sets, which allowed trequeney and

W7

Wo

W3

Wi

st

TAGE 2. Seaset selaronstiyas the mloiniitip betisen season und metal levehifepasition | as derermined by the coeii wares dererninaton (Re values benveor vnpiryeal data

iad fitted carve Wilties)

SESTON METALS AND BIVALVES IN THE SPENCER GULE av

So Pe ese magnitude of change to be characterised, The

$ zr # = £ S52 coelficient of determination (reported as R°) between

Sema esaegsttezt= = the fitted values (as determined by the cosine curve)

Suscts gs aon S/S 2 aind the empirical values was determined to assess

2. = s r = 34 the strength of seasonal influence. The residuals (the

cr values remaining aller seasonal mfucnce was taken

25 ity account) were then graphed against lime (in

3 ¢ 6 KE £23 chronological order) to deduce any changes in both

ee 2 | = = = = e gs] 2 3 Sr Eee teal vig cries over phe

socotesstscHtalte olan 3), The values between season in

iat 3 = = r. x Zp metals level/deposition ure indicative of the strength

7 \ ' ‘ 1) Se of the seasonal celationship, ‘These residual values

gz are either the resull of veneral (unexplained)

: 25 variability or can indicate possible temporal trends,

a = FS A = zZ3 Trends a the residual values over lime were

AtTSeTatietaat ales characterised with regression analyses. All results

sec SSRorssls 2 reported as shutistically significant resulis ire al the e

a = mw MBa = 0.05 level. Results where p<0.1 are also included.

‘ a and ure indicated as such. Statistical analyses were

7 a, a Ea performed using Microsoft Excel spreadsheets.

ha ft s 2 = Z 2 Seston and bivalve data were compared with

ys un) SO ete FE ES a regression analyses (least-squares regression with

cee a = te cZ= % ze = seston metal the independent variable and bivalve

5 7 0 & Flee metal the dependent variable) using Microsoll Excel

! Se spreadsheet software, “The relationship was

2 Z considered significant ab p<0.05. The Ro values

a. ™‘: (voefficient of determination) indicute what

5 2 & les pereentuge of the variation in the bivalve metals is

SUF LAER 5 Es i Sil = due to the relationship with the seston metals, amd

SES EPESRO ES zs 8 thus a measure of the strength of the relationship.

> 7 & Fle 3 Regression was used sinve thallowed extreme values

#5 that could be skewing the relationship(s) to be

BE removed and the resulting tine compared with the

x oF Hoe tee = 5 milial resression line, TOC und partich size were

rom 2 Ss EES compared with bivalve metal coneentratiuns usin

SETA TO SaS € a vorrelution anilyses. Seullop tnice metal aptake

aS a Sar = io S/o during different seasons and mussel and seallop

Po FS Bo gt yy 2 uptake were conipured using correlation analyses,

oF These results were also considered significant when

e~€83 = > ar g p<0.05, und ie reported as the currelation

_ Ss 3 aS a = coelicient squared (R?) (Zar 1984).

pe a ae Tx eed os ee,

- 3 § s. F502

- a= 2 Spatial distribution

a ae Levels of metals in the seston were clevated

r 7 j _| mes (compared with the other sites) at the [our sites

2e¢it2e 3 Bees closest to First Creek and the shipping channel,

ris tase 3s am s|ses Seston collected from site Wo contained the highest

Sm aR Ragots t= ase levels of all five significant Inetals, Levels of Pb in

ee ee = BE a Weseston ranged from 973 we!e to 3060 pee. while

! ; ie levels of Zn, Cd, Cucand Maral this site ranged from

Hes 263) 9530 ye 412 35H yi. 51 ZU wie

5 243 s, and 241 92] jiy/e, respectively. Metal levels were

fe. Bea & 2 |? 88 also clevited im sestan From site S2. This site: is

Pg RT ee | hae € located approximately 5 km trom the mouth of First

3 |S=Eh Creck und on the edge of the shipping channel

38 KE. ROSS, J. R, BIDWELL, M, WILLIAMS & J, BOLAND

a b

GOO 4 F274 Initial concentration ra

aut : fozo) Inittal concentration alll S500 {1 Average concentration ie

we ==) Average concentration ie SU tex) Final concentration Ky

feexq Final concentration a

anh 7M) 4

= — oun,

zB St

Fam a 2 sua

3 i i

2 be = 400

an | be

a kM 300)

4 Rol

ki be

ka Ke din 4

Tu | ba be

: i 5 5 Re too

fy I 7 He i ts ot)

S3 S4 Ws W6

2H) 120 4

240) tien Initial concentration rin | 224 Initial concentration =

200 -—> Averuge concentration Sy (= Average concentrition |

Inn late Final concentration : 100 i ees Final concentration A

111 as

id

2 \4 a au

= 2

z =

£ z Ww

E =

z 3

3

i 4

i 5 J

ae "

Wi ws

e | f

a 160 wee, Initial depositiag

Average deposition

gnu 4 40 a Eh Ws

===) Initial concentration 4) 40 4 mexy Final deposition

70 Ss Average conecafration D

(==> Final concentration ~ 1204 rd

a x =|

ge on H s 5 EI a £

a se 100 = = = |

a = f= =|

z aun z = = } Oo =

2 2. kD i= =| eI = E

5 a 5 | 3 eI

= ‘| ei =| 5 I) eI

3 5 bu E = EI 5 eI

is = | = = = rai

Ee} B 4h | = = |

| EI = E E E

2 Ug - BE & &

BB ee Ge E HORE

: : = " 7 LA L = >

wi wi Wh W7 51 Sz 53 Sd wi w3 We WT

Fig. 3, Levels of lead (a) zine (b) cadmium (¢) copper (d) manganese (¢) (mg/g) and deposition rates (1) (mg/day) associated

with the seston. Initial and final values indicate the change in seston metal concentration/deposition over the sampling

period (1997 — 2000). These are estimated using the residual values (following incorporation of seasonal influence),

(initial and final shaded bars indicate p<0.05, unshaded bars p<0,1, no initial and final bars indicates no statistically

significant change),

SERSTON METALS AND BIVALVES [IN THE SPENCER GUL uw

enterine the Port River. Levels of Ph in S2 seston

ranged from 170 SIX pw’. Sites WI and S1 fad

the third highest levels ef metals in seston. with

levels of Pb ranging frais 35,0 222 dap. Sites 53,

Sd. WS and W7 had lower leyels of metals

assaciuted with the seston. Mean seston metal

coneentations dre presented im Fig, 3a-e. Average

sesion deposition danged from ~7 muday (Wo.

W7) to 120 meday (WI) (Pig. 3),

Seasaidl variation

Phe influenee of season vn seston deposition as

detenmined froni the model (y= y% ~a cos [anv |

h)} as presented in Table 2. There were stynitigant

(defined as 730" of the variability in depusition

espliined by seasonal variation) Seasonal trends im

seston deposition rales al all sites cacept Wo, Season

ueeounted for ayer half the varialion io seston

deposMion at sites $3 anid WI and approximately one

Hot of the variition in deposition at sites ST. 82.54

and W7, ALall sites Cxeept SL, seston deposition was

slightly higher in the summer than the winter. Site

Wh, lowuted closest to the outfall had the weakest

relationship belweet) season und seston deposition

within Be value of 0.1. Table 2 also presents the

viriables associated with the Htled cosine curves &l

and ty) tor cauleot rhe metals at cach site,

As With depositivn, sites WI and $3 had the

slronpesh relationship beiween tor] metal levelsand

sensor. wilh approximately 40% of the variability in

metal levels atimbuted ly season al Iese sites (Table

4). Vieute 4 (40 at S3) is a representative graph

illustrating the relationship beiween seasen and

metal levels, S2 and S4+ alse hud strong scasonal

changes in seston metal concentrations, Notably,

Wo. while showing ho seasonal relationship

deposit. wus found to have a relationship

betwee total metal levels and season (mean Re =

(35), W7 ba wweak relationship between metas

levels and season. despite 30% of [he variation ip

deposition being explained by season. ST hud no

relitionship beeween metal levels and seasen.

excep? for Mn.o and W3 bad uo relatively stone

relanonship bewween Zn and season. und weaker

rehationships between Cd and Cu amd season, and

none wilh Mir and season,

All sites exhibiting seasonal variation ia seston

inet! concenthibons except Sl had higher metal

lovels in winter eotrespooding with the deercused

sestan deposinon in winter, and conversely.

inereased =o meta} concentrations in Sunimer.

corresponding wath Hieber deposition rates.

Temporal ters

Vimre was no siunificant change over lime in

deposition rates atany af the sites except WO. for

whieh a deereuse in toni deposition was observed

aver the munitoring period (Pts. 31).

Lead copeentrations in the seston decreased

signilicantly al four sites over the course of the

monitoring study ($2, $4, WI. ST - altho at site

St p owas ©U.1) but inereased siznilicantly atl Wo,

with -30% of the variability at these four sites

explained by temporal changes (Fig. 3a). Zn levels

decreased siznifivanthy at six sites (S41, S283. 54,

WI and W3). and remained unchanged ar W6 (Fig.

35), There was d less Sivnificunt deerease in 7a

seston concenttalions at W7 (pet. t) Figure 5

present examples of strange (82) Re — 0.56) .and poor

(W6: Re = 0.0L) relationships belween change in

seston metal levels and ame. Cd levels deercased a

S32 and Wl. and jhereased significantly at W6 (Fig.

3c). S2 also had a decrease in Cd coneenteations,

although ata less signiticant level (= 0-1). Copper

concentrations decreased significantly at ull sites

(allhoush St atp> 0.1). except Wo dnd W7, wath nb

change (Fig. 3), Mn concentrations deereased at ST.

$2 and S4_ und increased at Wh (Fig. Je).

Those sites showing the inpst significant changes

in seston Metal levels were S4 and WI (deerease in

lolul metals), lollowed by $2 (dieereasey, SI, 51, W3,

W7. The site closest to the effluent oottill (We) was

the only site that showed a significant inerease in

metal concentrations aver the Nonitorme periad,

Stinducd reference material

All Standard reference material (SRM) Zn, Cu and.

Mr recovery values fell within the eoniidenee limits

ol recovery valies published by the supplier

(17204169, [09219 TKS297 jie. respeetively)

Additionally. there was no sivmlicant dillerence

heiween the 2 digestion methods for these three

metals. Lead digested with HClO VINO, fell within

the SRM supplier values (714228 fief), although Ph

reeavery was lower using the 1L0./HNO, digestion

(by 11%6). Cu recovery was lower than the SRM

values for both digestion methods, with a difference

oF 5%) When the change was made to 1LO.WHNO,.

Therefore Ph and Cd yalues were “corrected” by

mulfplying the empirical yilies by 117 and | 05

(Pb und Cd, respectively), Given the difference in

binding constants between Pb and Cd (Balistrier) &

Murray 1984). (lis not elear why these results were

obtained. Nonetheless, the resulis were consistent

and reproducible and were therefore used to allow

comparisons between the Wo digesta methods lo

he made.

Bivalves

The seullops all died at WO in the summer and

Were therefore nol pluced arihis site in autunin, Arall

other sites there were few or no deaths of enher

scallops af aiyssels during the six-week oxpostae

perc.

AN K. bs ROSS, J. R. BIDWELL. M. WILLIAMS & J. BOLAND

Tanne 3, & pales for the regressions.of scallop anid metal

seston levels,

Pb “n Cd Cu Mn

Scallops (summer) (87 O88 O45 0,23 Fed

Scallops (autumn) £90 (73 0.04 0.001 0.002

Mussels 0.99 (099 862 O44 O.001

Numbers in italics indicate a significant relationship

(p-0.05), underbned numbers indicate no change in

(sigmficant) slopes when regression analysis performed on

The dart points minus $2 and W6.

4

lath

Try

a

jaw 4 eh,

x x

Ri] Pail ie

= at ~

2 wo d a

a a

ta

3 xa]

s

ue) 4

uv

nit)

u +h

i 100 200) ade

collection day of year

Vig, 4. Example illustrating the relationship between

empirical seston metal concentration und the fitted eosine

curve (graph presents ine it-site 53)

Relationships hetween seston metal and bivalve

metal

Table 3 presents a summary of the relationships

between the bivalve and seston metal concentrations.

There were significant relationstips between seston

and bivalve Ph and Zn concentrations in both

exposures (p<0.05). There were also significant

relauionships between Cd in seston and mussel tissue

und between seston Mn and scallop Mn (in Summer

only). Seston metal levels at site $2 in the scallop

Study und sites W6 and S2 in the mussel study were

significantly elevated compared with other sites, In

order to determine the effect these points had on the

Tegression curve, the analysis was also performed

wilh the points removed, The slope of the second

regression curve Was then compared with that

generated with all the data points. Representative

graphs illustrating the effect of removing extreme

values ure presented in Fig. 5,

The slopes of the relationsinp between Pb levels in

scallops and Pb levels in) seston) were not

sigmifcantly altered aller removing the $2 data point

(Mable 3). In the mussel exposures. there was no

significant change m the slope when the W6 point

5a

700

oni)

Suv)

og’g zine cesidoal + mean ($2)

Wik

AU

5b

dint (

(THD ye

aon

ug/g zine residual + mean (WH)

400

AK)

wy

hituw

Fig, 5, Examples illustrating the relationship benveen

seston metal conceniralion and time nfter seasonal

vanation is taken into account. Graphs indicate strong

(vine al site S2) (a) and poor (vine al site W6) (b)

relationships,

was removed. although remoying $2 resulted ina 2-

fold increase in the slope of the regression curve.

There were significant reluhionships in both “Zn

comparisons (Rt = 0.73 und 0.88), although when ihe

$2 point was removed from the autumn data, the

slopes were no longer comparable. This is possibly

the result of fewer remaining data points (4) in the

autuinnt exposure compared with summer (6). The

relationship between mussel and seston Zn was

significantly altered by removing W6 from the data

sel (R? = 0,92 vs. 0.02) although this relationship oo

longer held when W6 was removed trom the data set

(R° = 0.02). This was also true of the relationship

between mussel Cd und seston Cd (R° = 0.62),

wthough no relationship was detected between

scallop Cd and seston Cd, There was no relationship

hetween bivalve Cu and seston Cu. There was a

significant rehitionship between Mn levels in

scallops exposed in the summer and seston Mn,

SUSTON METALS AND BIVALVES IN THE SPENCER GULF 41

TAKLLAL Summary of R- values found henveen metal levels

i xcallaps and metal Wvels ih mussels deployed at the

sevinur samplinis sites.

____ Metal R value

Lead 75

FATS (55

Cada 0.04

Copper (7

Munwiniese ONY

Nombers in italics indicate a significant relationship

(yr 05)

though the slope of the repression curve changed

sivnilicantly when S82 was remeved from the data

sel,

Comparison benween Po calbis and Me edulis: ard

seasonal comperivans CP alba)

Lead and Zn were the only metils for which there

wilh a relationship beuveen (he two bivalves (Table

4). Levels of Pb in summer exposed scallops were

not significantly different [rons those exposed in the

auton ‘There was also no significant difference

hetween seallop and mussel Ph concentrations.

Scallop Zin was not significantly different between

seasons. although scallop Zn concentrations were

higher than mussel Zn atall sites. This contrasts with

the initial concentrations of Zn in the bivalves, which

was slivhity bigher i) the mussel (issues Compared

with the scallops. Cd levels in scallops exposed ih

the summer were higher than thase exposed in the

auturon, and Cd levels in seullops 1 bath seisons

were fneher than that tn mussel tissue. Scallop Mn

wus significantly higher (han mussel Mri wall sites,

und also in initial unexposed bivalves. Table 4

presents ao sunmnury of the relationships in mela

Uptake between mussels and scallops.

TOC and parneulute size distribution

There was no relationship between TOC or particle

sive and uptake of uny ol the meus examined in

ciiher scallops or mussels.

Temporal uptake

Lead and Cd concentrations in niussel tissue

THereased significantly until day 28, ufler which the

voncentatbus levelled, indicating mussels bad

reuched steady ste. Cd coneentauons deerensed

significuntly following initial trtnsfer to the

exposure site, While Zn levels inereased gradually

until day 28, On day 26, concentrations of Zn

increased significantly Tollowinge an accidental

release of Zn electrolyte solution from the smelter

(2/5/99). The level of Zn in mussel tissue lakea on

day 46. however, tac returnect to pre-spill levels

indicating some reguhition af whole body Zn.

Interestingly, Zn was the only metal for whieh tissue

levels corresponded with the aecidental release.

alihough all metal levels were elevated in the

effluent (Pasminee Port Pirie, Wopub, data), Cu

concentrations in the mussels were variable

throughout the expostre period, and Mn

concentrations decreased following placement atthe

study site, followed by a significant iercase. Mn

concentrations did not appear to reach steady state,

Discussion

Spatial distrburan ap ners

While exhibiting varying binding affinities

(Balistrieri & Murray 1984), metals can generally be

said lo have a preference for the fine particle size

fraction of sediments (Lead vf uf 1999). In this

study, seston wis not sub-divided into particle size or

mass. Morse er gf. (1993) state that simply reporting

average tolal concentrations can be misleading

beeause of the variation m metal levels associated

with different gram stves. In our study, we attempted

(o account for some of the influence of partele size

by conpsideriiig seasonal miluences an seston

deposition und metal levels, Under conditions of low

wind and turbulence. suspended paruculate matter

concentrations are lower and are probably camposed

largely of finer sediments and conversely, stronger

winds resuspend a vreater number of larger particles,

whieh are comparatively low in metals (Morse ef al,

1993). Therefore gram size distribution within seston

samples is likely to be the resal of physical

conditions, which in tui is a result of season in thy

scallop lead (suyonien) (ug/g)

w — . = _

“ 1 ny isu -

estom fool (sp iiuier) Cg a)

Fig. 6. Graph ilhisteating a case for whieh cemoval at thie

vaxtreme dade bas no sieifican etleet (a panda signi eat

elfeet(h) on theslopeat tic line. Grbroken line indicites

lihear reeression line using all data pots (1) [grey] 93 8

confidence jitervals). Wrolken tine indicates Tittear

repression fine minus the extreme paints [unfilled pom)

( grey dashed 95 y contidence intervals)

(2 Kb

Upper Spencer Gulh By considering seasonal

vartbility, we have a better indication oF overall

leportd changes in trace metal conventrations.

Seasonal variibility docs not however account tor

particle size differences between sites. Normalising

ler grain sive, ising metal:Fe ratios of defining the

total Hiiiber oC available binding siles dre methods

that allow between-sile comparisons to be mide wath

preuter certainty (Morse of af 1993; Turner &

Milhward 2000; Balisteree? & Murty 1984), This

sludy, however also assessed the: relationship

between total seston metal levels and biowvailabiliy.

In ais study. strony relationships were apparent

between seston Ph and Zo levels and Ph and Zn

uptake oF both scullops and mussels, indicating that

sestun melals are a good indication of the

owvailible frsetion of metals. [eis under this

assumplion that between site comparisons une

feported,

Not surprisingly, WO, the sile closest to the effluent

dischurge site hud the highest concentrations oF the

five inetals meusured. However, seston trace metal

coneentratqans sere Wok a fuietion of distance trom

the Ourdl, Stoqwas fhe same distance trom Firsl

Creek as $2. although S2 had higher levels ofall five

metals. Stand Wi bad comparable levels of metals

n-seston even fhough WL is further away tron) the

wutfell than SI (- 8 ker trom W6 compared with 14

km) The conventrarion gradient for most metals

followed the ventral current flow ih the area

deseribed by Feretson (1983), While beth S2-and

Wi were Jocated otf the shipping channel which

could cause resuspension of metal bound sediments,

thereby influcneing seston metal levels the

compurable deposition rates at $1, S2and WL makes

that seem unlikely. In a study of inetals and

particulate matter conducted in the North Sea.

Fappin ei al. (1985) concluded that movement of

particulates as aenerally linked do water circulation

ised ins in.

The four sites further afield ($3, Sa, W3, W7) had

Soniivantly lower concentations of most metals,

However, then ‘background™ statins remains

uncuntirmed (see lemporul irends). The levels of An

and Cd al these four sites were similar to one anather

sod lower than rhose found at die other faursites (S14.

S20 Wa, Wo)oalthough levels of Pb and Mn at $3

were higher (han al the other three sites, as was Cu at

WT. This sdawests thitt desrgnating one or nares af

these sites as representing: backeround levels lor ali

Wetuls ws nut possible, Our backwround siles were

chosen bused on (those published by Ward er el

PUY VARE JIS & BONSALL, VA, 1806) Ald tient of

NOV) Hictal conn aned of celible frarinic sealoud in (he Por

Priv Tele Busel revoir ef South: Aratialig Soil Agasuraliuy

Reset gl Dev loporent festiiite (Aqudtie Scenes Henley

Herich SUC Vustrithe

ROSS, JR, BIDWELL. M. WILLIAMS & 1 BOLAND

(982). As noted in the texl. however there were

changes i metal coneentrauons at ull Sites.

Suigwesting that iris likely that there has been saiie

smelter influenee, However, Ward and Correll

(992) argue thal remote site, global mean and

minimuny value methods of estimating baekpround

coneentrations ure less robust than the distance

extrapolation method used to choose background

sites lor this study, Lach of the four *backgraund’

sites ci be used to determine background

voneentradions for particular metals, however no ane

site has no varahon mall meralsaneasured,

Seasonal variate

Deposition rates were significantly higher armas

sites m the summer months. At that time of year both

on and offshore winds are strongest on dhe Upper

Spencer Gul (Aust, Bureau of Meteorology 201),

Srna! & Tlaas (1997) alse reported significant

scasatial variability in suspended particulate matter

coneentrations inthe Netherlands.S | and W6 did mat

follow Uris pattern, probubly hecuuse of their more

profecied locations (Fi. 1). St depositian was

slightly higher iv the summer thu the winterte

cause for this is not known, Wh showed no

relationship between deposition und season.

probably resulting from both ils proximity to the:

smelter outtall with the resulting influence of

variability in suspended matter exiting, First Creek,

dnd its protected location

Temporal trends

The Jack of change over the three year mutiitorine

period in seston deposition rates at SI S283, 84,

WI, W3, and W7 sugsests that only natural

influences are playing a role in seston deposition at

these sites. Conversely. there was a sipnifieanet

deerease fh deposition rates al Wé, indicating either

an overall deerease in gral size being discharged

from the smelter (hrotwh inereased residence tinie ol

the effluent in the ponding process poor lo discharse)

or, altematively, that thene is continuine “dilution of

larger, nauural particles by the smaller smelter eluent

wins. Pils uceumukition of finer wrains i) areas af

deercased How regimes has been reported elsewhere

(Puig enuf 1999), commonly aeeurrine when fister

Mowing creeks meet the oper sea,

Generally, Metal levels ab all sites except the sity

Closest to the smelter outfall (Wo) deersused or

remamed unchanged over the course af the study,

This decremse ts likely to be the result of the long

term (~ 20 yeur) decrease in the levels of anietals

bem released by the smelier. his conclusion is

supported by effluent metal data (Pasmineo Pan

Pirie. unpub. dati) and by the deerase in razor fish

lisse Met) Concentrations in the Upper Spencer

Cull reported by Edyyane & Boxall!

SESTON METALS AND BIVALVES IN ITIP SPENEEIGE LE 13

The seston coneentrahion of metals at Wo.

couversely, cither increased significantly or

raiained unchuneed. over the monitoring period.

Ihe wie a number of possible reasons for the

dillerent trend in metal concentrations found al Wo

compared with fhe other stles. Firstly, ab 1s possibly

the result of the deereased deposition over the sume

period, due (a inereased retention time of the eluent

prior lo release. and correspondingly smaller gram

sizes AL all other sites the deposition mass remained

unchanged (alter seasonal variution was fken, into

weount) Sinee sthaller partiele sizes have

peoportiomly greater binding sites (Led ef al

1999), the amountol metal beeoming bound wilh the

smaller particles would result in un @verall increase

WW the (0/2 patio. Secondly, the seston oreral levels ar

this site could be reflecting shorter term changes in

ihe effluent metal Toads. While over the lone terra

(2)-years), metal louds huye decreased significantly,

Pb and Cu released Jrom the smelter have inoreased

shahtly over the shorter term (the three years al the

moniloring period [Pasininco Port Pike. unpub.

data). Allernatively. a tack of iransport trom the W6

area, a shallow, intertidal region. could be resulting

ever increasing metal toads entering the area and

Hot belt exported elewhere. Wthis ts the case metal

concentrations in the area will not change until there

is no further discharge fram the simelter and even

Hict the rate of change os likely to be very slow,

Since dere was nu discernible eeneral rend between

changes in seston metals. effluetit metal loads and

mielal binding constants for the results at We, it is

thought that a combination of these faeters 1s

iflectna the overall temporal changes detected m

the seston metal levels ar Wo,

Factors tifluencing sestan metal npeke

The proportion of metal ions diat wall beconie

bold to particulate matter, and the strength af

binding are governed by a number of tivlors, These

include the binding constant of cach metal, and the

composition of the particulate matter (Balistert d&

Muray 1OX4: Mayer 1989: Decha & Luoma 1994)

Addinonully. seston characteristics (particle size

distributron, total arsine carbon) will influence. the

rate and amount of met! becoming assoerited with

orgasm tissue, In this study no relationships were

found between either TOC content or particle size of

seston und nicial concentrations ia the bivalyes,

sugvesting that the major milvence in lissue metal

levelas the lolul concentration of the metals wi the

Sesion.

Sevan metal concvatralions and bivalve tisste

coArentatins

A primary purpose of this study wos lo assess Ue

relationship between seston mek levels inthe Upper

Spencer Gulf and optake of metals by tiltorteeding

bivalves. Positive relationships between seston and

lissue metals were detected with Ph and Zn, aldrough

the reluhonship did aot hold in seme cases when

extreme values were removed, While metals can be

taken up through the dissolved [riction or mgestion

Of particulate form (Luan 1995), of the five metals

it this study. Pb ts the one with the highest binding

constant for suspended mutter (Bahsinen & Murray

(984), This suggests thal itis fikely that the mujursty

of environmental lead will be in particule torn.

Extremes of 2n contantination (as detined by

elevated fevels of Zn inthe seston) Were reflected in

vlevated levels of ynetals ) both bivalves. However,

this relationship ooty held with ihe scallops once the

extremes were removed, sugvesting A vdtlis were

repulating 2n levels. This is supported hy the results

frowi the temporal uptake study. Raipbaw. (1995)

noted that whide mussels reflect extreme changes in

7n bioavailability. they do nol show lesser chamees

in accumulated budy Concentrations of An. Seallops

are therefore possibly better monitors of the

bioavailable fraction of Zn in the environment,

Conversely, o reluuonship between Cd m seston und

Tnussels was detected that was not present with

scallops

No relationships wen: detected between seston and

bivalve tissue Cu (all exposures) aind Mn (except

scallops in summer), There are a qumber ef possible

reusens for his, lirstly. (kh may be beesuse tie

particulate metal is not relatect to the propurtion. al’

bioavailable inelal = [possibly beeawuse the

bioavailable frachon is roainly the dissolyed

fraction). Seeondly, tissue metal may be being

reatifated by the oranism (either pre- and past

assimilation). Biyalves have been shown to be

vapable of modifying the digesdve processing of

food to reduce exposure to high. biewvailuble Cr

concentrations (Decho & Luoma 1496). Thirdly.

individital bivalve vaytability may have been too

great to deterinjne the “true” uptake or [he expesure

Time Was too short, and We measured tissne

concentrations were net representative ol tonal

possible uptoke, Additionally. number of other

fuctors (Such us the Compusition of the sestan) may

differ at each site and therefore alfeer the rekitionstiays

hehyeen toll seston tnetal wd bivalve uptake, For

example. metals associated wih natural seston are

generally assimilated at lower efficrwneres than

metals bound with unicellular aleae (Chong & Wanye

2000).

While total cadimiuin in A oa/he fas been shown to

he dependent on the locality of seallap collewtion

(Walkerera/, 1982), this was not found in this study.

Notably, scallops trom all sites (eluding thy

reference collection site) had levels of Cd above tat

recommended hy ANZPA (2000) The divestive

44 Rob ROSS. LI BIDWEELOM, WILLIAMS & J. BOLAND

Hand of the seallop Pecten maximus Linnaeus hes

been found to contain high coneentrations of Cd,

even when collected him apparently unpolluted

waters (Rainbow 1997), Rambow (1997) noted

abnormally high tissue Cd) concentrations in

scallops. and suggested that this is a resull of very

high feeding rates. Cu uptuke in mussels was more

closely related to seston Cu levels thin in scallops.

However ib has been suggested thal mussels ure not

vood indiculors a! environmental concentrations of

(ty beeause they ane good regulators of this metal

(Rainhow 1998) Allison etal. ()998) found that Z1,

Cu and Miy i pscudofueces were oflen higher than

levels in the suspended particulate matter (in

luboratery exposures), mdicating that the mussel (M7.

edulis) Wud rejected particles enriched in these

reuals.

Massel ets a surrogate scallop species

There were significant differences between species

ip both total tissue metal coneentrations and

relahonship with seston metals, Given the

differences between wo bivalve species, to assume

Metily in bivalves represent the brouwvuitluble fraction

for al species is erroneous. As Ruinhow (1995)

notes, uw Suite of biononitors, refleeting all metal

hrouvatlabilily in all available sources 1s necessary,

Using M. edulis provides the opportunity to make

comparisons between sites. which ts very important.

luowever, PB alha is un indigenous species. vind

therefore possibly more relevant to the particular

system tinder investigation,

Conclusions

Long term, trequent nonitorine of temporally

suspended seston Ts an appropriate method of

assessing (race metal disuibution. Phe only way ta

elucidate trends in metal levels is to aequire

sufficient dita to incorporate variation caused by

seasonal tiTuences, These dite indicate thal seston

metal concentrations are decrensing at most sites

within the Upper Spenece Gulf) reflecting long term

dverall load deereases from the smelter, Metal levels

m seston at the stle closest lo the smelter have nob

decreused. This ts etther'a refleetion of the shorter

term metal louding froin the smelter, possibly a result

Of smaller, metal rich particles heing released

following ponding of the effluent, ar because (here iy

litle exchange wath the open sea at His sile,

Seston Pb isa reasonable indicator of the spatial

distribution of Ph among bivalves in the Upper

Spencer Guilt, The relationships between Zn, Cd, Cu

and Mn seston and the bivalves wis variable,

although one or both bivalves were uble fo detect

extremes [or most metals.

References

ALLises. BA Mittware. G. Bo & Josis. Mo BL 110k)

Muriche processing by Mani eds eflects on

Dousuikibility of metals, J bap Man Bhat Beal 222,

14-162,

ArsStharta Nin Ziarann Nanna

(ANZEA) (1006) “Food stindards code’

Poon Aviary

© Grtehiding

aiiendniehis). CNUs Governiivnt Publishing

Service, Cunberiy,

ALS MLAIIAN Bure at i Miebenatocy

(hot Aw hon oy) aecessed 22/1/01

Batisikna, LoS. & MbrraAy J Wo LISS) Marne

sOuvenvine Trace Metal adsorption hy ilertacil

sediment from: MANOP Site HI, Geachinn Cosmochint

Vie AB, U2 [ 020,

Borawe, dl. (1995) Dinte-series analysis GF elinatie

variihles. Sale Pnergy 59. 377-488.

Cruse Ko & Wang. Wo X. 12n00) Assimilation at

cadiiiim. ehromiun. and zine by the green mussel

Henke viridis and the clam Redinies philippinatiiin.

Lavin Tosicok (het, WY, 1660-16607

CoS SELL DLW. Lak) PL RICHARDSON, Bo WE RE T999)

“Tntroduetion lo Beoloxicvology, (Oxford, Malden. MA,

USAL

Drone ACW. & buona. SN, (1994) Humic and lulyic

mies ~ sink or seuiree ne the avatlubiliey al metals te

tiring bivalves Maceme balihic and Pormmocorbula

ennivensis, Man Beat Prog Ser 108, [38 145,

Ww (1996) Flexible digestion

sifutegies and Grace Metal ussite ha marite

bivalves, Linel Oceunage 4b, S6R-S72,

PEratso. J, (1983) Concentrations ind speciation af lewd.

Zine Dr Cadi in s@awdterdike smelter client and

udjucent murine environments Port Pirte, South

Australi Ati d. Man Freshy Res, 34. 3752385,

Growan GS, (1980) Correlation of tiem) acconmelation i

mussels with (he meehinisms of uptake. metibalisn wad

dewxitication: bweehemical and ultrastructiral studies,

Thalassia jugostey. 16. 347-365,

Drab, Ro Hamiron-Tav tort. Davison, WTP. M,

(L999) Trice metal sorption by mardinal particles und coarse

colloids. Geockin. Cosmochin Ac 63, (661-1670.

LbOMa,S. NL O199S) Prediction of roetul toxicity i mature

front biowssays: Himintions pn teserret needs, pp Hu)

HOt), Tessier, A., & Turer, DOR. (Rds) “Metal Specution

anal Riewvailability in Aquite Systems (Wile

Chichester, NY. USA).

Mayer. L, Mo1 989) Geaehenmestry of huntie substances

in-estiaine chvirahmerts. Hh Aken GR Meili

DM. Wershaw RL, MaeCurthy P ted). Hunic Substances

nm Seal, Sediment and Willer Wiley. Now York, NY

LUISA.

Mopst, 2 W. PResies, Bod. Taviok, Ko, Binur G, &

Sassen P (1993) "Price metul chentistry of Galveston

ie Walter sediments and brink. Wak Marin Res at.

-4)

Mebsos, OD, W. & Sommns. LE (1982) ‘Total earban.

orgunig carbon and orgie matter. Page. ALL. (edd.

“Methods af soil amutysis. Part 2. Chemical ond

Wiceohiologival properties CArierican Society af

Agronomy, Madison, WL USA),

SESTON METALS AND BIVALVES IN THE SPENCER GULF 45

Newman, M. C. (1998) “Pundamentals of Ecotoxicology”

(Sleeping Bear Press, Chelsea, MI, USA).

Puig. P. PALANQUES, A., SANCHEZ-CABEZA, LA. & MAsour,

P, (1999) Heavy metals in particulate matter and

sediments in the southern Barcelona sedimentation system

(North-western Mediterranean). Mai Chen. 63, 311-329,

Raimsow. PS. (1995) Biomonitoring of heavy metal

availability in the murine environment. Mar Pollut, Bull.

31, 183-192.

. (1997) Trace metal accumulation in) marine

invertebrates: marine biology or marine chemistry’? J.

Man. Biol. Ass. UK 77, 195-210,

Reineetber, J. R., Pisnek, N.S., Luama, S$. N.. Nicrons.

J.W.& Wana, W. X. (1998) Trace metal element trophic

transfer in aquatic organisms; a critique of the kinetic

model approueh. Sei. Total Environ. 249, 117-1235,

SMALL A.C. & Haas. HA, (1997) Seston dynamics and

food availability on mussels and cockle beds. Esnsei:

Caust Shelf Sci, 45, 247-259.

Tapein. A.D, Miniwarp, G. BL. Staxriam, P, J. Burton, J,

Db. & Morris, A. W. (1995) Trace metals in the Central

unc Southern North Sea. Esai Coast Shelf Sci. 41,

275-323,

Turner, AW & Minnwarp. G, b. (2000) Particle dynamics

and trace metul reactivity in estuanne plumes. Ibid.

50.76 1-774.

Warkek. TLL. Glover. J. W. & Pow, D.G. M. (1982)

Effects of length. localily and Ussue Lype oa mercury and

cadmium content of the commercial scallop. Pecten alba

Tate, from Port Phillip: Bay. Victoria, Anst. J. Men:

Fresliwater Rey. 33. 547-552,

Wana, W. X. & Fisuer, N.S. (1996) Assimilation of trace

elements invested by the mussel Mvrilas edulis: effects of

algal food abundance. Mar Ecol. Prog. Ser, 129, 165-176,

Warp, T. J, & Corrrii, Ro L. (1992) Estimating

background concentrations of heayy metals in the

marine environment. Proceedings of oa

Bioaccumulation Workshop: Assessment of the

Distribution, Tmpacts and Bioaccumulation of

Contaminants in Aquatic Environments. A. G.

Miskiewicz. Sydney. Australia, Australian Marine

Sciences Association Inc. 133-139.

» Hurcninas, PA. (1996) Effects of trace metals

on infaunal species composition in polluted intertidal

and subtidal marine sediments near a lead smelter,

Spencer Gulf, South Australia. Mar Ecol. Prag. Series

135. 123-135.

Warren. L,I & Swaine. D, J. (1982) “Effects

of heavy metal on aquatic life.” Final report ILZRO

Project CH-6/ZH212, Presented to the International Jead

zine research organization by the Commonwealth

Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation.

December 1982,

_, Warren, L. J. & Titier. K. G. (1984) The

distribution and effects of metals in the murine

environment near a lead-zine smelter, South Australia,

ppl-76. Nriagu, J. (Ed) “Environmental Impacts of

Smelters™. (Wiley, New York, USA),

. Youna. P. C. (1984) Effects of metals and

sediment particle size on the species composition of

the epifuuna of Pinna bicolor near a lead smelter.

Spencer Gulf, South Australia. Estuar Coast Shelf Sei

18, 79-95.

ZANN, L. P. (1995) “Our Sea, Our Future: State of the

Marine Environment Report for Australia”(Great Barrier

Reef Marine Park Authority, Queensland, Australia).

Zan, J. H. (1984) Biostatistival Analysis. Prentice-Hall,

Englewood Cliffs, USA.

A NEW SPECIES OF CHOEROPHRYNE (ANURA:

MICROHYLIDAE) FROM SOUTHERN HIGHLANDS

PROVINCE, PAPUA NEW GUINEA

By STEPHEN J. RICHARDS* & THOMAS C. BURTONT

Summary

Richards, S. J. & Burton, T. C. (2003) A new species of Choerophryne (Anura:

Microhylidae) from Southern Highlands Province, Papua New Guinea. Trans. R. Soc.

S. Aust. 127(1), 47-51, 31 May, 2003.

Choerophryne allisoni sp. nov. is described from mid-montane rainforest on Mt. Sisa,

Southern Highlands Province, Papua New Guinea. It is distinguished from all

congeners by its very small size (two males 11.5 and 11.6 mm SV) and reduced snout

overhang. Males call from within leaf litter on the forest floor during and after heavy

rain. The advertisement call is a short “bleat’ with 5-6 notes, a dominant frequency of

4220-4959 Hz and a note repetition rate of 15.6-15.8/s.

Key Words: Anura, Microhylidae, Choerophryne allisoni sp. nov., Papua New

Guinea, new species, advertisement call.

Transeetions of ie Reval Sactety of 8. Avest (2003), 12701), 47-31

ANEW SPECIES OF CHOEROPHRYNE (ANURA: MICROHYLIDAE)

FROM SOUTHERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE, PAPUA NEW GUINEA

by Srepntw J. Ricnarps’ & Thomas C. Burton’

Summary

omens. So & BoRtor, TLC. (2003) A new spevion of Choermphevce (Anum: Miccolylidae) Horn Southern

Vighlands Provinee, Papo New Cuinea. runs A, Seed. dat, 12701), 47-3). 37 May, 2003.

Chowephryne alisnne sp. nov. is deseribed from inid-mantane rainforess on Mt Sisu, Soulbern Tighhinds

Province, Papua New Guinea. Iris distinguished fran wll congeners by tis very small sie (hve tales [LS and

(Lomm SV)aind reduced snout overhang. Males call from within leat litter on the forest floor during and aller

heavy fou, Che advertisement eall isa short ‘blous with 366 notes, « dominqat frequency of 4220-4954 Th and

Wnole repention pote af 13.66 15,8/s.

Key Worpss Anura, Mierohylidue Cheerophiynie uffiseil spy tov

ndvertisenient call.

Introduction

‘The fasonomic and nomenclatural status af frogs

in the nierohylid genus Chaerophevae has been

Jubile for the past 90 years, with the number of

recox ised (axa and their generic positions changing

several times (Wandolleck 19): van Kampen 19) 4;

Parker 1934. Menzies & Tyler 1977). Ina recent

review of Chaerophevne. Kraus & Allison (2001)

recagnised twa taxa, Co prohoxecidea van Kampen

und ©) rayfeliifer (Wandolleek), and deseribed 4 third

species, ©. lonerrasirix, based on maternal from

westem Papua New Guinea.

The three species in Chocraplirvaie are small frogs

with clongated, protruding shouts (Kyaus & Allison

201). Choaeraphryne probosetdea is known tram

widely scattered locations in lowland and foothill

forests across much of northern New Guinea.

Choerophivuic rostellifer is known trom the noarth-

coast ranges and Iunistein Mountains in northern

Papua New Guinea. and a single location on {he

south side of the Star Mountains, Chueraphryne

foneirastris has been reported only trom Mt Menuwa

in the Bewani Mountains (Kraus & Allison 2001). fh

[his paper we desenibe a fourth Cheeraphryne thal

diflers trom congeners in ils extremely small size,

relatively shorter snout, und ditlerent advertscmicnt

call.

Methods

Measurements (to 0.) tom) were made with dial

calipers und a ymeroscope fitted with an ocular

nmucrometer and follow Zweilel (1985) and Zweilel

Vertebrates Depurimcnt. Seu Auatrilian Muse, Neri) Mapes

Adlelijde SA, Sn

Departhient of Phares) ba brabe Minversety

PO, Boy 19) Bendige, ¥js, 3547

Hearilipas

Papua New Criinea, new species,

& Parker (1989) with additional measurements from

Kraus & Allisow (2001). They were snout-vent

length (SV), tibia feneth (TL )arm length (AL), head

widih at the angle of the juws (TIW), head length its

a straight-line distinee from angle of jaws lo tip of

snow (HL). eye diameter (EYER), tmter-nariul

distance (IN), eye-naris. distanee (EN), snout

overhang (30), width of third Nager dise at right

angle to digital axis (SED) and width of penultimate

phalans of third finger (SVP), width of First finger

dise (JF ID) and first phalany (1 FP). and of fourth toe

dise (47D) and fourth toc phalanx (47TP), as tor third

linger, The lympanunt af the mew species 1s

indistinet. precluding = uveurate measurements,

Superficial dissection ofthe pectoral virdle and snout

was undertaken to determine the geneyic statis

Advertisement calls were recorded with a Sony Pro-

Walkinan tape recorder and Sony PCM-2200

microphone, and 13 calls from two tales were

analyzed using the AVISOPT SAS-Lab Pro sound

analysis program. Temperatures adjacent to calling

males were measured with a Miller & Weber quick-

reading thermometer, Specimens are deposited in the

South Australian, Museum, Adelaide (SAMA) and

the University of Papua New Gitinea (UP).

Results

Generic Naenosts

The new species licks clavieles or any pre-vonal

elements of the pectoral girdle. Phe ote ramus of the

squamosul is much clongated, The mm. depressor

weindihulae arises trom this ramus, but lacks any

origin from the dorsal fiseia, Reduction of the

pectoral girdle is shared by — A/berfons,

Aphantophryne. Choerophryne, Cophicalus atu

Copii, and the conditions of the ole ramus and the

in. depressor mandiiee are shared by lberivius

and Choeraplirvne alone. The proeesses of the

4s SO RICHARDS & 1.0 BURTON

premaaxitlave ure dirveled anteriorly: a character

unique to Choeniphrie.

Choerophryne altisant sp. wv.

(FIGS 1-4)

Holowpes 3 SAMA RS56075, Mt Sisa, Southern

Highlands Proyinee, Papua New Ghumea, O° 07,547!

S, 142° 46.091" E, allitude 2000 m_ 204.1999, Coll,

S.J. Riehurds,

Paratype, & UP 9962, same data as for lolotype.

Definition

Avery small species (fd U1.5-11.6 mim SV) with

A moderately elongated snout (SO/SV 0,034-0,035)

and short loys (TLS ¥ 0.34); first Finger reduced, tips

of digits rounded or expanded inte small dises. disc

of foorth tae larger than dise of third Finger:

advertisement dal OF S-6 nates each with 2-7 pulses.

A B

bine b. Cheerplavite alliseal sp. toy, Dorsal view of v\-

holatvpe (SAMA RS56075) anu B. paratype (TP 9967)

Seule War) Sy

fig, 2. Choerapheyne aliisoni sp. noy. i tite (holatype,

SAMA 56075), SV 11.6 tam

Deseriion af Halatwpe

Adult <¢ (with veoul slits and calling wheu

calleeted) with the following measurements (rim)

and proportions, Those of the adult 4 paratype are

viven im parentheses. SV 1.6 (11.5). TL 3.8 (4.8)

AL 4.2 (4.3): TW 4.4 (445) 1 3.9 (37 EN Lot

(LI IN OS (O08) EYER 15 (14): SO O04 (4h SFP

3 (0.3); 3PD 04 (04): TPP (L25 (0.25): PD 25

(U.25): 4TP 0.4 (4): VED OS (0.5): TL/SY U33

(0.33), HWiSV 0,39 (0.39): TIL/SVY (L238 (O28):

HLFIW 0.71 (0.71), EXSY O13 (0.12)0 IN/SV

O07 (0.07); ENISVY O09 (O10) SO/SYV 0.034

(O.035); EN/IN Las (138): TDASV 0.04 (0,04):

IFD/SV 0.08 (0.03)

Head moderately narrow GPWiSY 0.39); snout

harrow, Clonale, projecting well beyond lower jaw:

conthus vostralis broadly rounded, slightly curved.

loreal region shghtly concave, nearly verticals eve to

naris distanee yreater than interdarial span Cb NAN

1,34), ynpanie membrane poorly defined, posterior

and dorsal poriions of annulus indistinet: two palatal

ridges, anterior ridge low, indistinct, posterior ridge

with elevated, very distinet tubereles,

Relative lengths of fingers %-4e2> 2 fest Viner

reduced, reaching, only to base of second. without

expanded tenminal dise but with faith todieation of

cirenm-murginal groove; tips ol fingers 2-4 nat or

only slightly expanded, with distihet cireumn-

marginal grooves; fingers without subsarticular

tuboreles ur webbing. Relative lengths of toes

43-52 >1) first foe partially fused to second) tips

of digits rounded or expanded jrto small pound dises

wilh circum-marginal grooves; lees wilhoul

subartigular tubereles or webbing, no metatarsal

tubercles: expansion of terminal dises greatest on

finger 3 and toe 4: fourth toe dise larger than third

Hiiwer cise,

Skin shehtly rugose dorsally im life, smooth

dorsally excep! for few low, scatlered tubercles in

preservative (Pigs 1,2); shehtly granular ventralby

Colour and patrerns tn life. dorsum dark brown,

speckled laterally with) small white spots und

dorsally with scattered red pigments; snout anterior

to and below eve darker than rest of dorsany an

rerular very dark brown bar extends fram behind

cach eye postero-dorsally orlo dorsuin, converging

at vertebral line and forming a broad V2 Dark bar

continues posteriorly as a broken vertebral line

before diverging, again as dar inverted V-shaped

stripe. exicoding postero-hiterally from mid-lne past

lumbar region and reaching groin Front groin it

continues Hansversely across cach thigh and Ubia. A

triangular patch of paler ereyebrown extends fromm at

line between eyes to anterior edve of V-shaped

stripe. Dark brown to black pizientation surrounds

vent) a pile mid-vertebral stripe From tip oF snout

NEW SPECIES OF FROG FROM NEW GUINEA 4

diverges above vent and continues laterally along

posterior edge of thigh and tibia: darker brown

pigmentation forms a poorly defined short stripe

laterally. Ventrally with dense brown pigmentation

Fin. 4. Choeraphryvne alliveni sp. nov A, Palmar view of

lef hand. B. Plantar view of right foot of paratype

(UP9962). Plantar view has been inverted to permit

direct comparison with palmar view, Scale bar

}imm

on belly; brown pigmentation disrupted by numerous

unpiginented spots on throat. and by large

unpigmented patches on ventral surfaces of thighs

and arms: a pale stripe extends from tip of lower jaw

to vent, and a second pale stripe extends at right

angles across chest from elhow to elbow. Palmar and

plantar surfaces with extensive but patchy brown

pigmentation. Iris pale gold flecked with dark brown,

Colour in preservative same as above except that

scattered red pigments and darker pigment laterally

on snout have faded.

Veriation

Measurements and proportions of the paratype are

similar to holotype (see above), The paratype differs

from the holotype in having a pale diamond-shaped

inter-ocular bar surrounded by a dark-brown border,

und in the following features of dorsal colouration:

an hour-glass shaped patch of dark brown

pigmentation across centre of ihe dorsum results in

two large, triangular grey-brown patches dorso-

laterally and another paler patch postero-dorsally;

two pale spots slightly anterior to the lumbar region;

an indistinct dark brown stripe originates at the

dorsal midline posterior to the pale lumbar spots and

diverges postero-laterally, extending across the thigh

and tibia: patches of dense, dark brown mottling on

the dorsal surfaces of the limbs. The first finger on

one hand extends only to base of second finger, but

on other hand extends about half-way along second

finger (Fig. 3), First toe extensively fused to second

toe (Fig. 3)

ddvertisement call

The call is a single short *bleat’ with 5-6 notes.

Two frogs (Table |) called at intervals of 4.5-6.8 s.

Each note consists of 2-7 pulses, although most notes

p=

Frequency kHz)

Nwo fh anwn cw

0.1 0.2 0.3

Time (s)

Fig. 4. Audiospectrogram of a single call ol Choerophrvne

allivoni sp. noy. holotype (SAMA R56075).

Ww 4, RICHARDS & PO BURTON

hive 3-6 pulses and there isa clear trend for the

muinber of pulses lo increase in the two terminal

noles oF euch eall (Fig, +). The dominant frequency

is 4220-4959 He. the pulse rate is 125-300/s and the

Wote repeLuen rate is 15.6-15.8/8. Call parameters

tire presented ih Table | and a single call is

iHustruted in Freure 4.

Cumparixan With dther speckles

Choerophivne allison’ is the smallest member of

the venus and is unlikely to he confused with any

other species. Co raste/tifer shares with allisani a

substuntially reduced first finger, but differs from

(he few speeies in its larger size (SY 13,9-17,8),

longer lees (TL/SV 0.44-0,54 vs (32-033; Kritus &

Allison 2001) and advertisement call. The vall of.

rosiellifer hus siznifieantly more pulses/note (~ 14 vs

2-7 in adlisent), a lower donut frequeney (~3570

He vs 4200-5000) and slower nate repetition rate

(-7'S vs ~15/5). The opposite trend in note tate

would be expected i temperature were responsibly

lor (hese differences because Callison’ recordings

were mide al substantially lower temperatures than

those of ©. pastel/ifer, Advertisement valls will alsa

serve to distinuuish the new species Trom calliny

male ©. laierostris and C, probascidea, (he call of

C. probuscidea consists of three notes ullered atu

rate Of 1.59 notes per second and tas a dominant

frequeney of around 3230 Ha. The cull of ©.

Jangirostrix has 3-4 notes delivered ata rate of ubout

07's and w dominant frequeney around 3100 tle,

Fiueh pote consists of } 1-14 pulses, Chovrophrvne

whwentis turther distinguished fram ©. donyinasily

and C. prahascidea by its extremely sinall size and

(he following characters: first finger reduced (vs hot

reduced, und with a distinet terminal dise). and

snout overhang moderate (SO/SVY O04) ys snout

averhiing long (07-0010 for Co prohaseidoic, and

O-ONT for €) lontdroxtris),

Distibution

Known only rent the type loeality ih iid-

montine rainlorest on Mt Sisa. Souther Mighlanas

Province, Papua New Guinea,

Tanith bo didvenisemuni aalliinecieranes af Chuerdphevic allison spo aay

Hahitatand habiis

Choerophryie allisoné called trom within beat

hitter on the forest Moor afler heavy ruin at night, No

culling was heard on dry nights, and Wo analy

were observed on or above the litter, The type

locality is ona broad, gently sloping spur runoing to

the north-east of Mt Sisa suimnit ridge. At this

allitude (2000 m) the forest is in a transition zone

between Nothafauns-dominated yvexetalion with a

rather open understorey, and a more dense higher

altitude moss forest. The species wis absent from

stunted moss forest neur the summit of Mt Sisa at

2500 m asl,

Etymalagy

This species is named for Allen Allison of the

Bishop Miuscum, Hawaii, in recognition of fis

contributions to New Guinea herpetology and in

pratitude for his assistanve to the authors over many

years. The irony in a troy of such small stature

being endowed with Allison’s name has not escaped

the authors” allention,

Discussion

The deseriplion of ©, a/liven? brings to four the

number of Species known dn this gens

Relationships aniong the species ace obseure (Kraus

& Allison 2001) and the discovery af C. allivens

provides lide further insight. The new species rst

closely resembles C. ras/e/lifer in having. reduced

first finger, and its size is closest to that speeies,

However mm its very short limbs, reduecd snout

overhang and poorly developed digital dises ©,

allixoni ix quite distinet from is three congeners,

These characters presumably refleot the terrestrial

and pear-fossorial habits of this species. Both of the

specimens collected, and several others. heard

calling at the type locality, were under leaves on the

forest floor, Co loirastels, CL prohaseidea and C,

rosrellifer are at least partially scansorial, and use

their thoderutely long limbs and expanded diet

dises lo climb inte low vegetation. In-contrast the

short legs and poorly developed discs of ©. allison

Dativatre presented ais mean (SD) ani mune,

Temperate was reeirded ahour | en below the litter siipfice adjacent i calling males

Freeh Te, Lor ell eallrep, notes; note note rep, pulses pulse dominant

wills Jen hae eall length rate rep. rate frequeney

(ally (nules!s) (pulses's) (He)

SAMA [5.0 7 UW 2TH COSY) TAT 5 (0159 [Sb (0.317) 2-7 236.92 (3724) 4620

KSG6075 Ww273-0,286 (U,0053) 15.32-16.26 IS3-S4-300.00 (LSto84

008-0, 028 4220-4N KS

he A 15.6 HWA UObaT) 23s 6 tLolb4 LSS VF OTN 3671) 4759

0334-0346 (O.00S9) (W358) [25.00-297.03 PSD

W.009-0,031 [S.43-1A34

HYG Ig

NEW SPECIES OF FROG FROM NEW GUINEA S|

are typical of microhylid frogs leading a terrestrial

or semi-fossorial existence.

Acknowledgments

Type material was collected during a survey

organized and funded by World Wildlife Fund-LSA

(Moro, PNG). SJR is particularly grateful to Tanya

Leary, Ted Mamu, Dan McCall and Max Kuduk of

WWF for their assistance and support. Libe and

Negini from the local Hult community were excellent

assistants during the field survey. Rose Singadan and

Paulus Kei (University of PNG) provided support in

Port Moresby and John Genalogani (Department of

Environment and Conservation) assisted with the

export permit. Jim Robins of the National Research

Institute has been most helpful with Research Visas

during the course of SJR’s research in PNG. SJR

was supported by a grant from the Violet Scott Estate

during preparation of this manuscript, and additional

funding for laboratory equipment was provided by

the Mark Mitchell Research Foundation.

References

Kraus, PF. & ALLISON, A. (2001) A review of the endemic

New Guinea microhylid frog genus Choerophrvie,

Herpetologica 57, 214-232.

Mrnzivs, J. 1. & Tyter, M. J. (1977) The systematics and

adaptations of some Papuan microhylid frogs which live

underground.,/. Zool. (Lond.) 183, 431-464,

Parker, He W. (1936) A monograph of the frogs of the

family Microhylidae. (British Museum, London).

VAN Kampen, PN. (1914) Zur fauna von nord-Neuguinea.

Nach den Sammiungen von Dr. PN. van Kampen und K.

Gjellerup aus den Jahren (910 und 19LL. Zool. Jahrb.

(Syst), 37, 365-378.

WANDOLLECK, B. (19LL) Die Amphibien und Reptilien der

papuanischen Ausbete Dr. Schlaginhaufens. Abs. Ber

Kon. Zool. Anth-Ethn, Mus, Dres. 13, 1-15.

ZWeiFeL, R. G, (1985) Australian frogs of the family

Microhylidae, Bull Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 182, 265-388.

ZWerEL, R. G. & Parker, F. (1989) New species of

microhylid frogs from the Owen Stanley Mountains of

Papua New Guinea with resurrection of the genus

Aphantophrvne. 4m, Mus. Novit. 2954, 1-19,

THE FAIRY SHRIMP GENUS BRANCHINELLA SAYCE, 1903

(CRUSTACEA: ANOSTRACA: THAMNOCEPHALIDAE) IN

SOUTH AUSTRALIA AND THE NORTHERN TERRITORY,

INCLUDING DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES.

By BRIAN V. TiMMs! & MICHAEL C. GEDDES?

Summary

Timms, B. V, & Geddes, M. C., (2003). The Fairy Shrimp genus Branchinella Sayce,

1903 (Crustacea: Anostraca: Thamnocephalidae) in South Australia and the Northern

Territory, including descriptions of three new species. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 127(1),

53-68, 31 May, 2003.

The genus Branchinella is represented by nine species in each of South Australia and

the Northern Territory, 13 species in all and with just one species endemic in each.

The most widespread and common species is B. australiensis, while B. dubia, B. latzi,

B. lyrifera and B. pinnata are locally common. Two of the new species (B. insularis n.

sp. and B. tyleri n. sp.) occur in limited areas and the third (B. lamellata n. sp.) is a

member of a group of arid-zone species. Despite a great increase in the number of

species reported from both jurisdictions, large areas are still inadequately surveyed.

Key Words: Branchinella, new species, biogeography, environmental ecology,

gnammas.

Tretiiscte Hal af he Bowad sacle af ds. Alést (2003), H2701), 53-68,

THE FAIRY SHRIMP GENUS BRANCHINELLA SAYCE, 1903 (CRUSTACEA:

ANOSTRACA: THAMNOCEPHALIDAE) IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA AND THE

NORTHERN TERRITORY, INCLUDING DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES,

by Brian V. Timms! & MICHAEL C. GeDpEs*

Summary

Tivis, IV & Ca bibs. MLC. (2003), The Pairy Shitinp genus Branehined/g Sayce, 1903 (Crustacea Angsteated:

Hhanmocephaldacy in South Australia and the Northern Territory, including descriptions of three new species.

Trans, R, Sac. 8. dust 1271), 53-68, 3 May, 2003,

The genus Hranchiaelie is represented by nine species in each of South Australia and the Norther Territory,

J4 species i all anc with just one species endemic in each, The most widespread and common species ts

AL anstratiensis, while B dubia, B. latsi, B. Wife and B piniatn are locally Common, Two of the new species

(B. ihwulaviy iospand B. tyleré asp.) occur in limited arcas and the third (2. lamellae, sp.) is a member ofa

group al and-sone species. Despite a great inerease in the number of species reported (rom both jurisdictions.

lanes areas gre sll madequitely surveyed

Kry Worps: Branchmella, new species. biogeography, envireninental ceolouy, wnanimas.

Introduction

Currently there are 26 deseribed species of

Branchinella in Austratia (Geddes 198}; Belk &

Brtek 1995; Timms 2001, In Press). Only three and

SIX Species respectively (otal seven) have been

reported from South Austraha and the Northern

lerritory (Cieddes 1981) and none are endemic.

Possibly the reason for this lack of diversity is the

pauvity of collections (7 and 35 respectively) and the

Tinted coverage of both regions, Over the last 20

years mary more collections. have bevome available

(46 und 23 respectively), wilh many from previously

unsampled areas. These colleetions contain. three

Hew species and many new records. The aim of this

paper is to document this diversity. though many

arens OF bulh regions remain to be explored for

UMOSLACANS-

Materials

Most ol the uddiional collections are housed jn the

south Australinn Museunr (herealter SAM) or iit the

persomal collections of the authors, A few ure stored

in the Maseunm and Art Gallery ol the Northern

Territory (hereafter MAGNT), the Western

Australian Museum (WAM) and the Australian

Museum (AM) in Sydney. Many of these colleetions

dre front the wetieral public, but significant samples

lrom remote areas were provided by PL Aorteldt & BP.

Cockerham (Gawler Ranges, SA) MJ.

USeliibot Liaviramnental and Le Suigdees, Laieesity al Neweasle

Callaghan, SSW, 2808, cri h woh imskamewestythe eli silt

Deputent oF Ravitaniaental Binlowy, Civiversiiy of Adehote,

Adeline, SA, S005) cruil Heke vedesrtdelyile eligi

lylor

(Vietoria and Roper Rivers, NT: Andamooka, SA), P

De Deckker (Kangaroo Is, SA) and the senior author

(Lake Eyre environs, SA), Collvetions mentioned in

Geddes (O81) are listed under Geddes J98) So or

Gediles 198) NT, with details available in that

publication. The additional material is listed under

New Material Sad or New Material NT and all

relevant date given. Site locations of the eolleetions

previously mentioned in Cieddes (1981) and of the

new miterial are shows ia FIG 1, Synonymies

include main entries only, full synonymies are given

in Geddes (T9RT).

‘Taxonomy

Tramnocephalidae

Brenchinclla Sayee. 903.

Branchinetla affiniy Linder

B. affine Linder, 1941, pp 257-61. fiz. 36: Geddes.

JOR), pp 271-2. He lO,

Records

New Material Sd: Dam 5 km south of Yarnea

Homestead, Gawler Ranges, 32° 25'S, 135° 28! bs,

coll Po Aerleldt & PL Cockerham, I4-s-84, SAM

CO050; pool cust of Pandie Pandie, 26° 11'S, a9"

31 Ro col) BV, 10-sii-0e Gidgee Ck near Neales

R.. 27° SRS. 136" 04° EL P Tudson, 2-iv-01,

Birrabiamt Waterhole, west of Lake Pyre, 28" 13'S,

J95° 32! 1. Pritehared, 2-81-01, New Material NT

Eva Downs Station! 8° 005 S) 134° 52" E, colle

Lita. P8-iv-70; Napperby Station, 22" 54’ §, 132"

48" B. coll P. Lata, 21-v-70: Temporary swamp 7

kin 1c of Docker RL. 25° 04'S, 129° 40" bod. Blyth,

J-vn-79; trockhale on Uluru, 25° 21S, 131" 03) b,

Se B. V. TIMMS & M. C. GEDDES

Facet, AE A

Se Tl,

seis ol

DARWIN as

got

SNKATHERINE

&

\ ae

NORTHERN

ee.

TENNANT CREE

®

4

@.

at

SPALICE SPRINGS

TERRITORY

|

SOUTH

i

AUSTRALIA

lametres

Riecards

@ Old (41)

A New (5) ‘ me S f

\BOURNE

Ca

Fig. |. Map of South Australia and the Northern Territory showing distribution of localities cited by Geddes 1981 and the

new localities cited in the text,

THE PATRY SURIMIEOINUS AAINCTUNALL A SAYCE 55

coll J, Blyth. 6-vii-79) same site, coll. Horner & 1.

Archibald, 24-7835 same site, coll D2 Carter. 4vii-

0}. same site coll 1. Annable. T0-yii-0b

Carine nls

Some of the present material exhibited stnificant

differences from the recorded mye oF variability for

the speeies (Geddes 1981). All (he specimens fom

Doeker Ro and Nupperby Station in the NT lacked

the medial swellinys-on the proximal segmenp of the

sevond antennae. ‘The sume specimens also tad only

a few small lateral protrusions on the pseude-

scuinents OF the frontal appendage, Otherwise Hey

had the typical features OF Bo a/firiy.

These are the first records of this species in both

SA and WT Morswadely distributed ats it is elsewhere

i Australia (Gieddes 1981; Vinims & Sanders In

Press: Timmins fn Press). (hough in SA it seems to be

absent from the far south and in the NT from the far

north (FIG 2), Toffler occurs m farbid waters, but

hay also been found in the clear waters of pools oh

hop ah Chora,

Branchinella atbored Geddes

Rronchinellu arboved Geddes. 1981, p 285-X. fig, 17.

Records

New Material Sat Gydeee Ch near Newles R.. 27°

Se. (30° 048) FP. Ludson, 2-1v-01,

Now Material NT Temporary swamp 67 Kit Th ot

Docker R., 25° 04S. 129° 40° LoS, Blyth. levai-79.

Cs

Despite these records being up to 1700 kin west of

the present known dtstabution of aw NSW-sw Qld

(Geddes 1YKL Timms & Sanders In Press). all

specimens ares will) the deseription of the type

mmulerial, This species is uncommon in SAand NI} atl

these ure the first records ait in both areas (FIG 3).

Branchinella unsivatieusis (Richters)

Brune hipis australicusix Richters, 1876, py daed, pal 3.

Branehinella waustratrenses (Raghlerst, Save,

1903. pp. 234-9. pl.30: Linder, 1941, pp. 256-7. fiz,

45: Geddes, OSL. pp 256-00. figs 12,

Reeciidls.

Geddes 1881 Sas pool near Mt Sarah, 26" 55'S,

35° 5°12 farm dam near Caprieton, 32° 26'S, 13a°

32" FE: Upper Onkaringa Ck (ie. Onkaparinga Ck?)

cu AN OS'S, 138° 45" Ey Bordertown. 36° 18" 5,

0° 46" bk, WAM © 12408. Geilder 1987 NT dam.

Brunciie Downs, 8" 46" S. (337 52" FE: dan al

Warrezo Mine, Temmunt Creck, [9° 24° 8. (33° 53°

fs pool near Lhitehes Ck Mine. 20° 44'S. (35° fa!

I Yaluogarrie- Ck, Mt, Doreen Str, 21° 49'S. 131"

10) 1 Napperby Sm, 22° 45° S. 132° 29" Ey cement

dam, Garden Stn, 23" 24’ S, 134° 12’ LE. New

Material Sale Couper Ck, 28° 3865S, 138° 48! b coll

Mrs Hiller, xi-!904, SAM C6046: pool. Elaabeth

Downs, Adelaide, 44° 42'S, 138° 41° LE. eal. Miss

Poemann, 25-v-70. SAM Co043, pool, Holden Hill

Adelaide. 34° 31'S. 138" 40° Ecol, W. Weaver, 9-

ix-71, SAM Co045; Eucala Ck. (7 kot W Pimba, 31

12'S, (36" 40° EL coll, A. Bdwatrds, 2-s-75. SAM

CO0AS: pool few kin SW Bool Lagoon, 37° 07'S,

140° 41° E. coll J, Glover, 24-s-78, SAM Could: a

samphire swamp, & kn alone track ftom Olympic

Duin to Lake Blanche, 30° 29'S, 136° 4s" be 11a

81; Noaded vrasslagd 18.7 koi along track Olympic

Dam to Andamanka. 30° 27'S, 146° a9" E, 1251-81;

cate wallow 26.4 ke along track Olympre Dam to

Andambala, 30° 29' 8, 137° 02" b. 12-41-81 all coll

M. J. Pyles Swamp dam, Sturt Vale Station, 33° 14"

S, 139° 93" BE, coll, Ny tdwards, 27-<-82) stonew lI

dam near Hiltapa Homestead, Gawler Ra. 32° 10'S,

(35°04 BE. 14-8 SAM C6036; dum 3 kin boot

Yurea blonrestead, Gawler Ra, 32° 25'S, }35° 2a"

Bo ddex-84. SAM C6037; Woolshed Dani oer

Yarnea Homestead. Gawler Ra. 32° 23'S. )a5° 3"

I. t4-x-84, SAM C6039; daniat Yarnea Homestead,

Gawler Ra. 32° 23'S. 135° 31° B. 1S-x-k4d, SAM

Cée040; swamp 4 hin kb of Lino Homestead, Crawler

Ra. 32°39" S. 136° 43" 1, TRex-b4. SAM Cau3s, all

voll, PB Aerfeldt & Po Cockerham: Marshes Well

Dam, Nonning Station, Gawler Ra 32° 24S.) a8"

25' EL coll, To Palssen, (2-x-85, SAM C641:

Lynwood Park, via Penola, 37° 40" S. 140 57 Ob,

coll, R-G. Beck. 6-x-84 Yelloch Ck. Carolside Stn,

37 00° S, 140° 37° Jo coll. Vo Tsymbal and D

Schulze, 12-y-98; dam at Hawker. 31° 33° 5S, 138°

25° coll, N, de Pren, me0U, SAM CO042;

Birdsville ‘Vrack near Bobbiemongie ‘Turnolh 26°

35'S, 139° 37° Eocall, BVT, 9-98-00: Gideee Ok

near Neales Re, 277 Sa’ S. 136° 04° LE. coll. Pe

Hudsun, 2-iv-Ol: claypuns at Millers Ch, near

Coward Springs, 29° 24'S. 136° 47° FE, no coll, no

due, SAM '6040. Mew Warerat NT: Meunt

Doreen, Central Australia, 21° 40" $2 13d7 10 BL

woh dnkinown, 28-v-70, MAGNET Crts67) [iiitst

Biull. 200 kay Woof Alice Springs, 23° 23'S. 1S

02° Bocoll, PEM Is. 1-87,

Comments

All of the pew material examined lay willun

known variations for the speeies. 1s by far the most

coramon species in the eolleetivis of the South

Australian Museum. This is probably becwuse it is

the largest fairy shrimp inthe study urea and henee

more easily seen by the public. plus if fives in many

habitat types. The 32 records.ol jim SA wid ST are

widely disinibured (PIG +4), bul there are none im the

most northerly parts, a similar pattern lo that in WA

(Timms In Presso.

36 B.V. TIMMS & M. C. GEDDES

ed 3 »

OB affinis (8)

#6 insularis (2)

a6 lamellata (1)

EIB. pinnata = (8)

‘, 465 arborea (2)

OB dubia (14)

@ B. latz) (10)

©68 australiansis (32) 46. budjiti (2)

a@Booccidentals © B. lyrifera (17)

@ £. tyler (4) @® 6. probiscida (4) \

Figs 2-5, Fig. 2. Distribution map of B. affinis, B. insularis, B/amellata and B. pinnata in the study area. Fig, 3. Distribution

map of B. arborea, B. dubia and B. larzi in the study area. Fig 4, Distribution map of B. australiensis, B. occidentalis and

8. tyleri in the study area. Fig. 5, Distribution map of B. budjiti, B. Iyrifera and B. probiscida in the study area.

DHE PATRY SHRIMP OENLS RR AVOTINELLA SAYCE

Branchinella budjiti Vins

Branchinella budjiti Timms, 2000. pp. 247-50.

fig. |

Records

New Material Sy yoadside pool ca. 70 kim s

Codnadatla. 27" 50'S. 135° 44° EL coll, BVT. 20-xy-

(0; Gidgee CK near Newles R. 27° 58" 8, 136" 04 by

coll, PL Ladson, 2-iv-0).

Camnenly

Specimens in both collections ure a httle different

from the maternal deseribed from the Paroa (Timms

2001), The diagrams. (FIG 6) are of speemmens from

Oodnadalt, though the same feanires. were seen on

the Neales material, On (he second anleniae (FIG

GA), (he antennal appendage ar the junction between

proxinml and distal segment is proportionally bigger

(han in Paroo specimens — it is about hall of the

Jenplh oF distal segment. whereas (7 Paroo specimens

iis about one third of the length, Nivierences in the

(wo drawinys are easily reconetled when itis realised

the Qodnaditta specimen is viewed Veutrally and the

Puroo dype material is drawit in dorsal view. The

distal sclerotivedl segment of the second antenna in

the Oodnadatta speemmen is shaped differently to that

in the Parow specimens - there is hardly a medial

brulee. and the 20° bend gear the base is more

inedially placed in the Qadnadatta specimens.

‘The lrontal appendage is also different (FIG 6C),

fh the Paroo material itis distinerly forked into two

rychinwulac branches with anvle between the two

about (00° In Oodnadalla specimens the bye

branches are are not rectangular-shuped and are

joingd distally by an even conedye surface. The

Nuch lareer central area of the Dodnadatta. lorm is

completely devoid oF ventral papillae compared 10 4

central drew in the Paroo specimens where papillae

are less numerous, There is also litte differentiation

of ventral papillae i Oodnadatta form cumpured

wilht-a murked diflerchee in size between (hose on

the central rib and those on the lamella.

Ihe Jinal significant difference ts on the

mediodistal corner of the endopodite of the Nth

thoracopad (PIG 6). In material from ihe Parge there

are about 10 sere with rounded knobs on one side

basally (FIG 6D). bubin the Qadnadutia specimens

there are only ca + such knobs, though they are

loner (ETC 613).

li is possible these Oodnadalta speeiuens

represent a variety oe subspecies of Bo hyulfrii, bul

further specimens and study is needed helore u

deeision ean be made, They live in ponds/claypans

northwest of Lake Eyre of similar bigh turbidity as

the habits Bo budji? sensu strivtus occupics in the

Puroo (Timms & Sanders fi Press), This isthe first

record of this species pulside the Paroo,

a)

=

Branchinetla dibia (Sehwart)

Podoohirus dubtus Schwarte. 1917. pp. 78, fig 4

Kranehinella dubia (Schwartz), Smimav. 1932,

py. 15i-2: Linder, L941, pp. 268-9; CGieddes, 1981 pp.

275-8, Nig. 12,

Reeords

Geddes 1081 NT Cherub Ch, Eva Downs Slit, 17°

59'S, 134° Ss’ fh. MAGN Cr48ox; Llomestead

Dam. Fva Downs St. 18 00'S, 134° 52) BAM

P 19233: Carella Ck. Brunette Downs Stn. 14 22°.

135° 53° B: Dino Waterhole, Brunette Downs Stn.

}8° 43'S. [136° OX! Er Brumette Ck. 18" 33'S, 136"

07’ [. Gidyeu Ch, Brunette Downs St, TR? 34° 5,

135° 58) E: Brunene Ck.1R° 39'S, 135° 57" E; dam,

Beonette Downs Sin. 18" 465 S, 145° 51! Es dan at

Warren Mine, Tennant Creek, 19° 235. 133°S3' bs

Milne BR. Georgina Stn. 21° 33° 8. 137° 07" G, New

Materia’ NT. pool 30 kan § of the Vicloria/Delumere

Highway junetion, 15° 43! $. 14d" 39" TL Tai S3:

pool by Roper R. Rd, 10 km oe Stuart Highway, 15°

O'S. 133" 105 i, 134i-83; pool by Stuart Highway,

145 kms Katherine 15° 167 S$. 1337 OB, 13-11-83;

pool by ‘Stuart Highway, 21 kit N of Day Waters

tumoff, [6° 26" S. 1330 22° Ly 1347-83: all coll. by

MJ, Tyler: swamp. Keep R,Nat Pk. 15°41" 8, [20°

02" LC coll. MJ. Tyler, M_- Davies, G, Walson, 8-11-86,

Comments

8, dubia is coanmon i) the verth of the Northern

‘Territory (PIG) 3), as ib is the in north af Western

Austvalia (Timms In Press) and to a lesser extent in

Horth Onieensland (Creddes P98).

Branchinella insalariy sp. noy,

(FIG 7)

Tipe material

Hololype: one male, length 13.5 mm. catalogue

number C028 SAMs Allotype one Jemiule, length

unknown as last part of abdomen missing, C6029

SAM: Paratypes: 2 males, lengths unknown us last

part af abdomen missing, C6030 SAM,

Type locality

A small lake tert of Raratta Lomestead,

Kangaroo Island. SA, 35° 58" 8, 136° 57’ B, coll, P.

De Dekker 10-«-78.-

Osher Material

Thiree males frony a freshwater swanip just north of

Salt Lagoon, Mungareo Island, SA. 35° SO" S. 137"

38) EL coll, P. De Deekker Sx-74, C6037 SAM,

Eiynatogey

The name teters to the fuet beth peeords for this

species came from an iskind.

58 B. V. TIMMS & M. C. GEDDES

Vig, 6, Male Branchinella budji’ from Oodnadatta area, (a) Second antennac, (b) endopodite of Sth thoraeopod, (c) frontal

appendage, (Ud) male B, budjita from claypan at Muella Station, nw of Bourke, endopodite of Sth thoracopod, (e) 8,

famellaia n. sp. from claypan at Bindegolly lakes, second antennae, (f) frontal appendage.

THE FAIRY SHRIMP GENUS BRANCHINELLA SAYCE 59

Fig. 7. Branchinella insularis n. sp. A-D male holotype, E female allotype. (a) first and second antennae. (b) frontal

appendage. (c) rigid portion of penes, (d) Sth thoracopod without first anterior seta of endite | and posterior sctae of all

endites and exopodite, (¢) head.

(ith KV TIMMS & M,C, GEDDDS

Description of mate

First gantemuae (FIG 7A) slightly longer than

proximal segment of second anteniaes apes. bearing

two shork huirlike setue apically and three longer

ham -like setae sublerminally, Sceond antennal (FIG

7A) proximal segments fused basalamediully, distal

huives free and parallel ta body axis, Distal Tree

portions eylindrical. each with «medial large

rounded protuberance bearing very small papillae.

Proximal segment of second antenna bearing

Incdindistally an antennal appendage in the same

anid ay distal segment olf secand antenna and ea (4

times the length of the distal sewment. Apes of

antennal appendage pomted and with a small

papillae subapically. Distal segment arenate both m

dorsal (FLG 7A) anid lateral view (oat shower), tls

medial surface rounded wilh a few werk fans verse

ridges on distal hull apex expanded to lurm a knob.

Frontal appendage (FIG 7B) aboot same length as

second antennae, (eunk wide wilh lwo simple

branches, subequal in length. Most trunk aod braneh

pscudoseginents well defined, cavh pseudoseement

with a lateral digititorm ventrally direeted

protrusion, tehminating ina medially curved spine,

Protrusions longest proximally on the trunk. and on

the basolateral part of the branches. Basal sie ul

euch brunch expanded laterally und nearly sy wide us

jhe base of the trunk, but narrowine apically sod

become symmetrical lor much ofits length. Apex

ofench branch blunt

Rigid basal portion uf penes (PIG 7C) luraely

fused and bulbous ventrally, with two separate

(ubular projections reaching (2/3rds) under the nent

postpenital sepmient, A small rounded lateral lobe nn

the postenolatenil partion of the bulbous swelling oF

the basal portions. Structare of eversible portion of

peties UdkKNOWH,

Filth thoraenpod (ice 7B) with both ies ana

second endiles large and evenly convex. endite |

vboul 3 times larger than endile 2, Endites 3-3 small

asymnieirical protuberances: submargin of all

ondites clothed i numerous minute hajelike setae.

Anterior setig of endites 1 to Sin farmula 2.1,2,2,

with distal anterior seta on each of endites 1 and 2

with a small subtending spine, One distal anterior

sel euch on endiles | and 2 peetinate. and ane distal

unterior seta each on endiles 3-5 pluorose. Mnidites 3

and + with proximal anterior seta almost bare, and

about half the length of the other sety. Posterior sevice

in Tormulae S45. ead 17-20, 3.2.2. Endopodite

subquadiate, mateins evenly rounded, bearing

pluose sete thal are smaller basivlly and loner on

the distal margin. Plumese setae shorter than setac

olihe endites and exopndite and subtendered basally

hy 2-3 spines. Pxupadite elongate oval, three times

longer thay wide. bowing numerous marinal sce.

Ppipidite namrow, 5-6 tines longer than wile,

cylindrical with § truncate apex. Privepipodile barge,

hyo times longer than broad and with a large apical

lobe: margin smooth. arcuate wath grester convexity

a apteal lobe.

‘Telson with cercopods subequal to three abdominal

segments, cercopods bearing plumose setae on both

lateral and medial margins. Setae of uniform length,

exuopt {hase nearest the base a litde shorter

Deseripion ot female

Length unknown, bul about the same as male.

First srtennae CFLG 7) slightly longer thea

secund anteniue. Similar huiretike setae as in male

Second antenne (FICE 7) almost twice as lone as

length of oye plus. eye Slalks leaflike, 3-4 times

longer than wide and apically ucule. Many spines an

outer distal margin.

Thoracopods as in male,

Brood pouch cylindrical, bul lengli relative: to

wbilomen unknown as later missing. Cysts relatively

few (<20): surface al palywons with raised edies anil

sunken centres.

Comets

B fasilaris 15 & member al Group Hol Geddes

(198) (rontal appendage a? a trunk und two simple

brinwhes, simple digitiform processes of the: tronfal

appendage, later! swelling to the base of the penes.

and small to moderate sive). Within the group at is

must similar ty A a/fanys. The medial protuberance

on the proximal segment of the sceatd antenmae is

much more pronounced in & vavidieris than in 8

ajfinis. Ihe apex of the distal scument at the second

anlennac is more expanded in A dyileriy, ane ie

frontal appendage has longer disitiform processes,

sspechilly near the base of the trunk and on tie

basolateral expansion al the branches. 2 fysidivets

has an antennal appendage atthe distomedial corer

of the proximal segment. whieh is absent in &

aliinis, a as present tn BL deurieidate also ot his

group. is oF simpler consiruetion tm B. isidaeis —

ad simple liperiig red with a weak papilhte

subupically, compared to a triangular hametla

sermited by many papillae on ils distal surfiee. /?

msuhity lacks the characteristic array of small

oulgrowths ane the medial surlice of the proximal

segment of the Second antenna in & deatedlatd,

In Geddes” (1981) key to Ausharian species af

Branchinellt, B fustlaris straddles couplet Uso Uyis

has lo be reconstituted:

9% Provimal segment of male second ainnenoae with

an outgrowth from ihe distal end. Sa

~ — Proximal sexmeat oF male second antennae

Withour Such OuiRrAWwIhs 0... vac AD

Yo Male frontil appendage with lonwer digit(fony

Processes feat base of unk and also

THE FAIRY SHRIMP GENUS BRANCHINELLA SAYCE Ot

Fix. 8, Branchinella lamellata n. sp male holotype, F-G female allotype. (a) first and second antennae, (b) frontal appendage

without first anterior seta of endite | and posterior sctac of all endites and exopodite. (c) rigid portion of penes. (d) penes

(c) fifth thoracopod (1) head. (2) brood pouch,

laterobasally on the two branches .....B. inswlaris

- Male frontal appendage with digitiform

processes of equal length or absent... 12

B. insularis has been found only on Kangaroo

Island, southwest of Adelaide (FIG 2),

Branchinella lamellata sp. nov.

(FIG 8)

Type material

Holotype: one male, length 17.2 mm, C6032 SAM;

Allotype one female, length 15.6 mm, C6033 SAM:

W) OY TIMMS a& M,C, GEDDES

Hiavatypes 2 males moun length 1S. 7 nm, rinve 152

108 tony, five femules mean length 14.9 yy, pane

{4.56 103 min C6034 SAM,

{ype lovalitn

A Gluypin near Warburton Crossing, Clittin Hills

Station, nouthieyst South Australig, 277 027 8. 138"

SA’ Ecol, BeV. Timms. S-xti-2000-

Other mtatariel

A Calegrass samp, Bindegolly Nat Pk, Old, 27°

S60) 8. 144° FR" coll, ML Handley, evi 200 2

niles. t female OM W25799

Elvnrotiiy

Name alludes to the huge frontal appendaye whieh

jb HNpressively lantelhir i construction.

Beseriplion af inale

Hiest antennae (FIG RA) slightly danger than

proximal segment of second antennae: truncated

upesx bearing de short sett und a lew huiretike setae

subterminully, Second antennae (FIG 8A) with

pLOanmal segments projecting laterally 50" and fused

hasally: Proximal sezment bearing a distalomedial

recumypular protuberance about twiee as long. as

hrowd. und with rounded extremities. Proximal

Sewicht willl a posteriodistal, (ritnwular antennal

wppendage approximately half the length of the

sepment length, Antennal appendage lamellar,

smauil, bul with a series oF papillae on the distal

marein, loss Wuunereus apietlly, One papilla

Sublermindthy ont the basal margin. Distal segment of

sveond suileniie selerotized, bent medially 90° ut a

busdl noleh on its medial side, exphinute m plane of

zintenna, und derminating in an aeute point. Distal

seuent subequal to proximal sevinent and onty halt

as wile

Frontal uppenfave (FIG SB) kumellar und about

Houble the size of the second antenna. Trunk shert

—10 pseudusepmicents, distil gost bearing small

lent) digiuitorm processes. Branches fitsed into a

lamellar sheet with posteriolweral projections on

each side, bach projection bearing live long

basolateral digiform processes, Apes of prajection

extends us a narrow. hifiireate process with lateral

papillac. Lamellar sheet with pupitlie lateroventrally

and laterally. Apex of sheet broadly tiangular and

hilureaicd distally. Distomedial projection with well

spiced small papillae ventrally. These papillae

extend to the cenval pegion of frontal appendage,

Kreicl basal portion of penes fused and extend Lwo

sezments (FICE SC), with a rounded protuberance

posterioliterally, bversible pertion of penes

extending to first postgenital segment (b1G XD).

Many short. narrow spines on central and

subterminal parts, mostly on convex lateral margin,

A few broad-based spines dnostly in a longitudinal

dorsal row, more numerous subterminally.

Fifth thoracopod (FIG XE) with both first and

sevond endites binge and evenly convex, first endite

about 3 times larger than the second, Fndites 3-5

cach asmall asymmetrical protuberance; submuanain

of all ondiles clothed im numerous minute: hair-like

setae, Anterior setue of endites to 5 in lormula

2,1,2,2.1 with & seta on eavh of endites | and 2 with

a small subtending spine. Distal seta cach on endiles

Tand 2 peclinale, and distal seta enel on endites 3-5

plumose. Pudites 3 and 4 with proximal seta almost

bare, und about half the length af the other setit,

Posterior setae in Tormulae -45, ev 17-20, 3.2.1-2,

bndopudite broad. slightly longer than wide. and

Nringed with setae. Setae shorter und stouter thin

solace of endites and cxopadite, ‘Three well-spuced

setae With bulbous bases on medial marein, many

closely spaced selue on distal margin but wath

bulbous bases smaller Many shorter setae without

expanded bases on the Jiteral mire. Pxopodite

low und murrow, about One und iw hall times the

length ot the endopodite. Setie of exupodite vary iis

in lenwth. longest distally. bul overall shorter ihan

wndite setac. Epipodite eylindricul, about three times

Jonver (hun broad and tapering distally to ou truneate

apex. Praeepipodite twice as love as broud with

distoliteral corer almost angular: margin smooth.

Thoraeopod | similar to thoracopod S but smaller.

Thoracopod |lalso reduced in sive and endiles lack

most of their ordinary setae,

Telson together witty cercopods about as Tara ies

two vbdominal segmenis and vereopuds hewn

plumose suiae on both margins. Setae untlory ty

length except for the shorter basal ones.

Dexeriplion af femiile

Firstantenitae (PIG &F) stort slighthy: longer than

seeond antenna, Sintila sete apically as in niles

Second antennae (FICE SEF) short, about 2.5 x longer

than wide. apically rounded. but with a simul disaed

dcule apex. Many setae Surrounding wipex.

Brood pouch extendiiz to 3rd posteenital

ubdominal segment (FICE 8G) Surface of eysis

bearing laree, regular polyzons with mised edges and

depressed centres.

Thornicopods and cercopods us in male, exeept that

medial and distomedinl setae of endapodite lack

bulbous bases.

Commenls

The Bindegolly specimens (VIG OF & bare a linle

different trom the type material most qetably ia the

atructure of ibe second antennae and the Frowtal

uppendage. In the type material the length and wid

of the frontal appendage are subequal, but i the

Bindegolly specimens the woth iy almost iwice the

THe PAIRY SEIRIMP GENUS BRANCHUNEL EA SAYOCL he

leneth. Lateral papillite are more numerous, there are

6 (instead of 5) larger digitiform processes on the

basolateral margin and ventral papillae less

numerous inthe Bindexolly specimens. Interestingly

We famella is thickened at the basal margin.

indicating thal (his ts the position of the fron

appendage branch and that linnella apically oF this ty

ay oulgrowth. On the seeotd antennae the lamellar

Giiterowths on the medial surface oP the proximal

seument, ure more pronowiced in the Biidepolly

specimens. The outgrowth al the funetion of the hwo

sctyments has fewer papillae. including none an the

ventral margin, ‘The distal sovment ol the second

antennae (4 proprotionally wider than the counterpart

ithe lype specimens,

B. lamelteta is most closely related to RB. Aneljite

(Himms, 2000) Their seeond antennae are very

similar, but the medial projection is unique to 2.

limellata among the Thaininocephalidae. While both

species have lamellaform frontal appendages with a

lew Jonger dimatiform processes on the lateral

margin, the general shape of the uppendayes are

diflerent, Phe two species are easily differentiated

however. by the shape of the distal margin = a

tianular protrosion forked apically in B famedtune.

compared to i concave or anvular embayment inB

inedpith.

Wliic the lamellar trontal uppendage sets B

lamedlara (and BO hadfi) apart, it shares many

features with Group Ho members as defined by

Geddes (L981), These inelide the Small to moderate

size, short distal endites wath 2-4 anterior setae or

endites 3-5 of thoracoped |. and swellings lateral to

the penes, Phe ulluce is strengthened whet it is

realised that the frontal appendage does indecd have

(We stteture oba (lank and two branches, (hough the

Nrinches Tavwe lamellar oulrowths apically. Sa B.

lamellae isan aberrant member ofthe group, and 4,

dudfity is even more on the tringe of the group

(Vins 2001).

In Civdkles” (1981) key to Australian species of

Branehinela, &. lametlata weys with dilfieulty 16 B.

lari, The key needs lo be moditicd with un exim

coupler between Gand 7, which will serve also to key

Be buelstu:

6a Mrontal appendage lamellar on a short trunk 6b

Frontal appendage with eylindyicul

brinches and a short or long trunk... me

4b Lamella of frontal uppendage with a ‘Irjangular

protrusion apueabby oe RL hamelart

——hunelhi of oral appendage with a concave

on angular embayment distally 00.0.8. hadi

BK flanellata is known from ats type leeality an

norticust SA (FIG 2), aidalso 525 kin fo the mst,

nei Uhargomindah i southwest Queensland,

Branchinella lat Geddes

Branchinelta latet Creddes, \9O8), pp 273-5, le td

Rec wrds

Geddes LYS) N1> pool 1) kms Barrow Creek. 21"

a5’ S, 138 47° Ps Yalwougarne Ck, Mi. Doreen

Sin. 21°49 S.137° 10" E: poal Mt Dareen Sin. 22°

02' §_ 131° 20" E: Boundary bare, Mt, Allen Stn. 22°

23'S. 181" 57° EAM P18224 to P19226: pool Mt

Allen Sta,, 22° 75! §. 132" 00" Es paul Napperby

Stn.. a" 45'5 )32°29' Lb; Wigley waterhole, Todd

R., 23° 34" 8.133" 53" E: pool MU Bhitherskite, Mice

Springs. 23° 42° S, 1337 43" Es toek pools, Uluru,

257 2S, IBN BR, New Materia? NT 10 kan

Hatehes Ck, 20° 47'S. 135° 12" Bo coll Ph Lav and

D. Howes, 24-171-70-

Comments

Nhe large majoriy oft fafa’ records occur within

a 300 km radius of Alice Springs (FIGE 3) wilh one

record ftom seurhwest Old (Geddes, 1981). which

may approximaie its mataral distribuden, or could

result from the collecting activities of Alive Springs

based collectors. Interestingly it was efee (i 152)

found in rock pools al Uluru. bul these poals only

have had 8 a/finty m reeent yours. (1979, 19D),

2001 (see comments on B. affinity)

Branchinella lyrifera Linder

Beanelineda tijera Linder. 1941 opp 253-5, My.

34.

Records

Geidiles 198} Sa> claypan WL. Fyre. 28° 59° 5,

138" 26'S: pool in Stuart Ck... 29° 40°58. 137° U7" EE.

Geddes LYS) NT dam Brunette Downs Sin, TA) 46!

§. 135° 51’ BLAM P19230: Upper Amazon Lagoon,

Atroy Sta. 19° 17'S. 136° U4 bh, MLAGINT Cra87],

pool 19 km SE Soudan 19° 46" §. 135° 36" Es punt

65 kin N Alice Springs. 23° 09'S. 133" 43" E.New

Material SA: roudside pool, Bolivar, 34° 46° §, 138"

35 Toco, A. Hitighey. 7-69: dam Sof L, Phibbs on

road (o Stuart Creek Sti, 29° 39'S, 137" 05" Beall,

W. Zeidler, L3-s1-74. SAM C6047: Breribiuis

Waterhole, westofbuke Byre. 28" 13'S, 135° 32) 0,

voll. J. Pritehard. 2-47-01 claypan at Nilpinna, 28"

(6) S. 138° 448" Ie, 1x00: pool near Ulloomurra

Waterhole, 27° 08'S, 98" 44" 1, 3-11-00) paul neur

Pirricougoonoy Waterhiole. 27° 10'S. 13h’ 44° Fs 4-

xi-00; pool near Goyder Lakoon Waterholy, 26° 38°

S, 139" UT" LE, @-xn-00. pool at Corkwood Yards.

Tgirdsville Track, 26° 59'S, 138* 21 b, B-xreO0k

poal by Birdsville Track near Bobbiemengre

Turmoll, 26% 35'S. i = 37° BLY-Ki-00; paol east of

Pandie Panic. 20° 5, 139° At x H-xr-O0; dam

35 kim S Pandie angio ‘26° DVS. 139" AL 0

HOU, all call BYE

ov I. ¥.TIMMS & MC, GEDDES

Contents

A. lyrifera is widely distributed (FIG 5) bul is

apparently absent from the far north and fac south of

the study aren, as ibis in WA (Timms In Press). Ut

typically oveurs in turbid waters, as it does elsewhere:

mi Australia (Timms & Sanders In Press).

Branchinella vecidentalis (Dakin)

Branchinjella — dustraliensis — (Richters) var.

vevidentalis Dakin, 1914, pp, 294-5, pl. figs. 1-5,

Branchinella vecidentalis, (Dakin), Linder, 1941,

pp.252-3; Geddes, O81, pp 260-1, fig. 3.

Reeards

Credelus TOS] Sas claypan Woof L. Fyre. 28° 50" 8.

130° 28" BL New Material SA: Emu Ck, 29° 43" 8,

136° 19" EL call W. Zeidler, 5-xiie74, SAM CO0S1:

claypaun al Nilpinna, 28° 06" 8, 135° 45" bE, coll,

BVT. 1 -aii-00.

Cannnens

B, occidentalis is sparsely distributed in the Hort

of South Australia (FIG 4) and elsewhere across

Australia (Geeees LUX 1), and prefers turbid claypans

as il does in the Paroo und in WA (Tins & Sanders

In Press, Timms Ui Press),

Branchinella pinnata Geddes

Branchinella pinnate Geddes, 81, pp 278-81,

tig 13,

Recards

Geildes IYN! NTs No. 3 dam Warrego Mine.

‘Tennant Creek, 19° 23! S. 133° 53" kK: 10 km N

Hitchas Ck. wine, 20" 48° S. 135" 16° EL AM

P19227 Ww P19229; 7 kin S Barrow Ck, 21° 34" 8,

133° 49" E10 kin § Barrow Ck., 21° 35° S, 133° 47)

be LO kin N Ammaroo, 21° 38S, 138° 15" BL New

Marerial NTS Roper Ro Rd. #2 km EK oof Sturt

Highway, [4 59" $, 1337 07" FL coll MJ. Tyler, 13-

ii-h3; pool 4) kim S Top Springs, 16" S0°S, 1317 32?

b, Goll, MUL Tyler, 12-i/-83> Morphett Ck waterhole,

90 kin N of Tennant Creek, 17" 54° 8, 134" 05! T,

onll A. Pernie, 13-vi-¥5, MAGINT Cri 2786

Comments

B_ pinnita oeeurs in the middle Northern Territory

(VIG) 2) as well as inland Old and northwestern NSW

(Cieddes [YS)) Tins & Sanders ly Press)

Branchinella probiscida Henry

Braunchinella prohixeita Wenry, 1924, lal, pl.

20, figs. 5-4 and pl. 30. Gis 1-4: Linder, (41. p.

257, Geddes. L981, p.269-70, fig. 9.

Recurds

Geddes L987) NT: pool, Napperby Stn. 22° 51" S.

132° 36’ FAM P19234, New Material SA: cluypan

400 m N airstrip Olympic Dam. 30° 29" $8. 136° 53°

fy coll. MJ. Tyler 11-ii-81: Mooded grassland,

IS7km along track trom Andamooka to Olympic

Dam, 30° 27' 8, 136° 39° B, coll, Me Tylen 12-1

81: pool near Oodnadatta, 27° 35° S. 135" 27" E,

coll. P. Hudson, 3-iv-01.

&. probiscida remains an Uneommon species in the

NT und now has also been recorded fram SA, bul

only sparsely and from inland areas (FLG 5),

Branchinella tyleri sp.nov.

(FIG 9)

Type materteal

Holotype: one male, length 10.3 mm, MAGNE Cr

O(3175; Allotype one female, length 10.2. tm,

MAGNT Cr 013175; Paratypes five males mean

length 10,0 mm, range 9.3 — 10.6 mm, three females

mean deneth 9.9 mm, range 9.0 10.4 mm. MAGN

Cr 013176,

Tyre location

Pool 6-7 km upstream of bridge over Victoria Ro on

Vietoria Highway, NT, 15° 26'S, 137° 12" F, eall

MJ. Lyler. 9-71-83,

Ohen material

Pool 20 kim by Delamere Highway Sof

Vietori/Delamere Highway junetion, [5° 28" 8,

131" 370 E, | 11-83; pool by Delamere Highway 114

kin’ S of Vietoria/Delamere Highway junetion. 14°

11'S, 131° 50) EL 111-83, MAGINT Cr 013177,

pool by Stuart Highway 226 kin S of Katherine, 13°

44" S. 133° 25’ Ey 14-ii-83, all coll, M. I, Tyler,

Livinology

The name honours Michael Tyler renowned

herpetolovist and also collector of many fripy

shrimps it remote areas of Australia,

Deveription of male

First antennae (FIG) 9A) slightly longer than

proxiinal segment of second antennae; apex

iruneated, bearing four Wair-like setae. Second

antenna (FIG 9A, B) fused together basally for +

15% of its total leneth gnd with proximal and distal

sewients subequal aa lenuth. Proximal segment

cylindrical, busomedial surfage bears longitudinal

paich of small papillae each Lerminaling in a small

spine. Papillate region elevated proximally. mound-

hike with papillae terminating m longer spines.

Nistal segment sclerotized, stout basally, narrowing

abruptly, evenly arcuate for remainder of length.

Apex slightly cxpatided, Weakly developed medial

lransverse ridges on distal ball.

Frontal appendage (iG 9B) slightly longer than

THE FAIRY SHRIMP GENUS BRANCHINELLA SAYCE. 65

.

fats

Pie. 9 Branchinella wleri on. sp A-E male holotype, F-G female allotype. (a) head (b) frontal appendage (c) lateral view of

head. (d) rigid portion of penes, (¢) filth thoracopod with posterior seta of all endites and exopodite. (f) head. (g) brood

pouch,

Ob BOVOIIMMS & M,C) GE DDES

second unlennue and an preserved specimens tangled

inte 4 fiaht mass (FIG YC),

fob longi) diaded into unadorned pseada-

seyments. Two lateral branches separated by a-smiall

humellir protrusion (fap) bluntly forked (FIG 9 B,

LC), Taich branch of Vrontal appendage berirs about U1

long. (iin, digitiforin lateral processes, with abother

5 provesses distornedially, The digitiform processes

beur Woy papillac arranged in uppasite pais on

ther lateral edges. Branch unadorned medinily an

basal 2/3rds, and laterally on distal thitd. bach

branch terminates ina knob clothed in sharp spines.

Rigid basal portion of penes (FIG 9D) largely

ised dnd tapering distally, with distal 20% free,

cylindrical wid extending postertorlyabout 1/3 along

first posivential segment, No Jaleral projections.

Structure of eversible portion oF penes unkrown,

Fil thermeopod (FIG 9) wath both first and

seeund endite large und evenly vonves, the frst

about 3 times. lirger thin the seeond, Enditey 3-5

cach a small asymmetrical protuberance: submargin

of all endites clothed i-numerous minute huirlike

setie, Anterior sete of endites | ta 8 in formula

24.2.2,7 with a sett on cach of endites | and 2 with

vamall-subtending spine. First peelinale seta and

spbe with a (hick base and spine of second peetinate

shi with base [ringed with a few thin, short spies.

One seta cach on endites: | and 2 pectinate, and one

stl each on endiles 3-8 plumose, tnelites 3 and 4

with second seta almost bare and about 2/3rds the

leneih of the other Seti. Posterior senie i forinulac

“AS et 17-20, 3,2.1-2. Endupodite quudrate but with

a shghtly expanded mediodistal cores and a weak

depression on the distal surface near the distonredial

corner Sete smaller and stouter than the ordinary

setae of endites and exopodite, gradually devreusiny

jn size both dyedially und lateriaily, se that the busul

sections of endopodite without setae, Ali setae

plumose and surrounded ar (heir base with many

short thin spines: fsxopedite clongate oval with setac

lunpest apically and shortest basally. Epipodite

subrectangoliy, three mes looper than wide. with

ypex usynimetnically truncated, Praeepipodite three

Lines loner than broad, drehate margin with many

stall serrations dishully grading tito fewer larger

serrations pros iniathys

Telson with cereupods mearly as long as four

abdomimul sements and bearibg plumose setae on

both) mareins. Semiec Shortest ut buse oF vercopods und

lamest ubout 3/4 alame the length of the cercopods.

Description of fentale

larstantennae shehtly shorter han Sevond antennac

(PIG). Similar hairlike setae apically as in mute

Seeond antennae Jeal-like (FIG OF), abour three tines

longer than wide und tapering gradually toa thin

apex. Many small spines on outer distal Mariine

Trunk short (<20% of

Thoracopods und cercopuds as tm male.

Brood pouch (FIG 9G) compact with only a stich

expinsion of (he genital segments anda short neek

extending at most to pst postgenital segment.

Cannents

The complexty branched aature of the frovtal

appendave und the lack of lateral projections fo Ihe

Hgid base of the penes suggest A rdert is allied ta

Geddes’ (M981) Croup Tl species. OF these It hears

ureatest resemblance Ww &. dubia, B. wellardi and B

pinnate because Ue digitifoni processes of the

Jrontal appendage ave nor further manified. None of

these species hus the lateral and medial arrangement

of digitiform processes as in Ho tyler, Bo welled

shares two notable leatures with & fefer? = Whe pared

papillae on ihe digitiform processes and the lametlar

Gulgrowth at the distal junction of the two kitenil

branches. [However Bo wellard? Was divitharia

processes on both maging of the lateral branch and

lacks the terminal spine-coyered expansion of the

hilerul branch seen in A. aerd. These terminal spines

have a simple analogue in the single strony lerminal

spine on each lateral braneh in 8 dihfa. bot there is

no expansion ol (he upex as in #, (elev? nur the larse

nuinber of lateral digitiforny processes ant the

medial digititornm processes as in HE avilery.

In Geddes’ (1981) key to Atistraliain speeies ot

Branehinella td. tuleri keys Vo B. wellardi, so an

extra couple) at eouplel 1S is needed to separate

These Twos species:

(Sa Lateral branch of frontal appendage term idling

ina spine-covered knobs diaitiform processes of)

Jateral branch at any one seelion on one nrangin

wonly.. Baten

| itera) “branch of ‘frome il ‘append. age

lorminaling 17 (he same digit lorm processes tal

line hoth margins of the branch —....B. west

& pyle oecurs only in the Vietoria River districr

andadjacent aren tothe eastin dhe Northern }enilary

(FIG 4).

Discussion

The relationships of the new species to other

Menibets of Branedinella ts apparently clearer than

for other species recently deseribed (Timms 2001. by

Press), with Bo insudaris cayily accommodated ints

wroup UB veel into eroup UL and B. laimetland is

Heat group Hh, While there ace diffieuttics with some

species, (he vast majority al species shaw

relationships to one of three vroups as irinlitlly

proposed by Geddes (}981). claboarated hy Timms

(2007. 1) Press) und added to here. However in wn

analysis of relationships using DNA technolosy

VHP PAIRY SHRIMP CUONUIS BRAVOHINELL AT SAYCT a7

(Remigio et al. im press) only Croup UL ys a robust

prouping. so ihe relationships of these speeies.

exeepl! perhaps 2) v/ers. is unkiown.

this study has inercased the species of

Branchinella known trom South Australia from three

to mine and in the Northern Territory from six to nine:

hive speeies ovcur in both, so that overall 13 species

are known from both areas, Three of the species are

new, but only one endemic species is known trom

each uren, Bo fayalaeds for the south af SA and 2.

mer from the north ofthe NIL Consideniy the large

combined aren (2330000 ki) oF the two

jurisdictions and the broad latitudinal spread, this as

note large numbec fel 18 species in WA - Timms tn

Press). Moreoveronly LI of species-are endemic in

cavh jurisdiction and [5% overall, compared to 30%

in WA (Tinins Th Press), The two study areas are of

simmliw size, so urea cannot be ulfeclins species

richness. but lack of isolation and lower habitat

Vuriely miy he. SA & NT share many biogeopraplhic

areas With Lhe eastem states, while liree areas of WA

we biogeosraphically distivet. At cxaniple is the

sharmig of four arid-zone onestracans (2. wrhereu, B,

budiin, B. lamellata, and B. fetz/) between central

SA, central NT, sw Qid and nwNWSW. This relative

lack of isolution is expressed tn the low endemicity in

SA wand the NT. Perhaps aso there ts not the habitat

spectalization as there is in WA und especially in the

Paroo, where there are 1+ species of Brevelinelta in

U 2.000 kine area in many types of waters (Tinmms &

Sanders li) Press). As ai exaniple, the speenilized

habitat of gnammas on rock outcrops does not seem

to dave a specialized species in SA of the NT. In WA.

these are oceupied by the endemic & Jongirasiviy in

the wheathelt and adjicent areas and by another

endemic B. hesixpina in the western Nullarbor

(Timms tn Press), By conttast, de gnamimnas of Levee

Poninsuli in SA seem. tu tuck fairy shrimps (LAL.

Bayly, pers.com. LWT, unpublished data), while tock

Holes ja the southern N Pane inhabited by widespread

Species suchas Baffin. B lai ( see above) und

Srreplaceplalus sp. (Bayly 2001).

As tor much of Austialia. including WA. the niost

common und witlespread speeies are A a/findy aud &.

dusiraliensiy (Geddes 198l. Pinus lin Press), Olter

widespread but less common speeies include &,

Ivrifera, Bo vecidantatis, und Bo probiseide. OF he

remaining species, twa (8, dubia anid B pialara) are

shared across tropical Australia, (our (2) arhoree, Bi,

dindyiti. B fate, B. lamellani)y seem to be urid-vone

speetulists, while Uwe of the mew species have

localised distributions, & fier in the Vistoria R

distet oF the NV and the other, Bo fasularis, on

Kangaroo Island

\ras difficult to assess the true distribution ane

rekitive dbundiinee OF (airy Shrimps in the study area,

us thuny pemole arcas Gave still not been visited al

the jppropriate time. e2 northwest of SA,

southeastern NT. burtheriiare some species like the

large B australiensix are probably proportionally

overrepreserted jf the collections, because they are

more easily seen by a curous public AL least another

twe undescribed species seem to exist, one from an

unknenvn site in the Northern Vervitory for whieh

MG holds two subadult males. and another from

Luke Tortens for which the material seems lo have

heen Jos| The later could be most interesting es if ts

relubvely darge (2. Tudson. pers. com.) and lives iit

the hyposuling waters ofan episedic lake (Williams

ct al. L998), and so could be a localised member of

the B. micholisé wroup ol species, The chances of

collecting itagaiiare low as Lake Torrens rarely fils

(Williams ctu. 1998). This factor combined with

remoteness. of many partsoy the study area means it

8 UilTicult to collect fairy shrimps adequately,

Nevertheless this study bas greatly improved

knowledge of Bravehinedie in South Australia and

the Northern Territory.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Wolfgang Zeidler, formerly of

ihe South) Austtalign Museum, anid Gavin Dally of

the Northern Territory Misenns of Arts and Sciences,

for.aceess te specimens. We alsa thank Olivier Rey-

Leseure lor drawing the maps, Ann Stafford for help

with computer gruphies und Christaphir Ravers for

helpful comments on the mansticrnpe.

References

Bayiy, hoA, Eo (2000) Tnvertebrate Geeurrenee ind

suveession wiicr episodic flooding of acento Austen

rows Whe A Res Sue Tian clint M4 24-32,

Brik TD. & Beare J (1995) Cheeklist al the Anostren.

Hinlrabialogig 298) S1S-353.

Grubs, MOC, (Yel) Revision at Ausudlian species af

Biiiiehinelhy (CMstudceet Anostiacap laa J lee

Freostian Res, 42: 259-295

Rania, FA, Elvis GB. Va Tbk BD. Ne Press}

Phylogenetic syatemanes of the Austrian fey shennp

venus Beinehine/le (Crustacea Alosatvtua) Bascal di

mitochonden! DWA sequences, of Cyt Hial

Tas, BV. (2004) Twer new spruces at tatiry shrine

(Orustaces: Anostrics Thimnocephatidae

Batehinetiny trai dhe Pano, ute Austalia.

Ree Auat Adis Sa: Del T5a

68 B. V. TIMMS & M. C. GEDDES

Timms, B. V. & SANDERS, P. R. (In Press) Biogeography

and ecology of the Anostraca (Crustacea) in the middle

Paroo catchment of the Australian arid-zone.

Hydrobiologia

Timms, B. V. (In Press) The Fairy Shrimp Genus

Branchinella Sayce 1903 (Crustacea: Anostraca:

Thamnocephalidae) in Western Australia, including a

description of four new species. Hydrobiologia

WILLIAMS, W. D., de DECKKER, P. & SHIEL, R. J. (1998)

The limnology of Lake Torrens, an episodic salt lake of

central Australia, with particular reference to unique

events in 1989. Hydrobiologia 384: 101-110.

VOL. 127, PART 2

28 NOVEMBER, 2003

A special issue of the Transactions of the

Royal Society of South

Australia Incorporated

containing papers on the Encounter 2002 Expedition

to the Isles of St Francis, South Australia

Guest Editors: Sue Murray-Jones (BSc, PhD)

Scoresby Shepherd (B.A., LL.B., M.Env.St., Ph.D.)

Anthony Robinson (PSM, BSc, PhD)

Contents.

Robinson, A. C., Murray-Jones, S., Shepherd, S. A. & Wace, N. M. The Encounter

2002 Expedition to the Isles of St Francis, South Australia:

Formation of the islands, imtroductory narrative & marine

conservation recommendations — = = = = = 69

Arnott, T. K., Laurence, S. E. & Wace, N. M. The Encounter 2002 Expedition to the

Isles of St Francis, South Australia: Settlement History - - — 75

Ferris, G. M, The Encounter 2002 Expedition to the Isles of St Francis, South

Australia: Geology and geochemistry SHE the granitoids and

voleanies of St Francis Island — — = ae St 87

Robinson, A. C., Canty, P. D., Wace, N. M. & Barker, R. M. The Encounter 2002

Expedition to the Isles of St Francis Conservation Park, South

Australia: Plants and Vegetation -— -—- -— = = ~ = & 107

Robinson, A. C,, Armstrong, D. M., Armstrong, G. P., Dalzell, B., Canty,

P. B., McDowell, M. & Hall, L-M. The Encounter 2002

Expedition to the Isles of St Francis Conservation Park, South

Australia: Vertebrate Fauna - - = = - = = = = 129

Womersley, H. B.S. & Baldock, R. N. The Encounter 2002 expedition to the Isles of St

Francis, South Australia: Marine benthic algae - - -— - = 141

Turner, D. J. & Cheshire, A, C. Encounter 2002 expedition to the Isles of St Francis,

South Australia: Structure and preduetivity of benthic macroalgal

communities -— = — —~— = --— —-- = = = = = 153

Irving, A. D., Fowler-Walker, M. J. & Connell, S. Associations of forest-type with

morphology of Eecklonia radiata and abundance of understorey

dines SS 5 ee ee

Baker, J. L. & Edyvane, K. S. Subtidal macrofloral surv ay oes St as and Fenelon

Islands, South Australia - - = ———— 177

Hirst, A. J. Encounter 2002 expedition to the Isles of St Prancis, South

Australia: Peracarid crustacean epifauna of subtidal macroalpal

canopies — = = = = = = — eS Se ee 189

Gershwin, L-A. & Zeidler, W. Encounter 2002 expedition to the Isles of St Francis.

South Australia: Medusae, siphonophores and ctenophores of the

Nuyts Archipelago - - - - = = = = = 205

Watson, J. E. Encounter 2002 expedition to the Isles of St Francis, South

Australia: Annoted list of shallow water Hydroids with description

of a new species of Campanularia — = - -— = = = = 243

Rouse, G. W. Encounter 2002 expedition to the Isles of St Francis, South

Australia: Myzostoma australe (Myzostomida), a new rina

associated worm from South Australia -— - —-— = - = 265

Shepherd, 8. A. & Brook, J. B. Encounter 2002 expedition to the Isles of St Francis,

South Australia: Reef fishes -— - -~- — = ~ - - = 269

PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S ROOMS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL. 127, PART 2

THE ENCOUNTER 2002 EXPEDITION TO THE ISLES

OF ST FRANCIS, SOUTH AUSTRALIA: FORMATION OF THE

ISLANDS, INTRODUCTORY NARRATIVE & MARINE

CONSERVATION RECOMMENDATIONS

By A. C. ROBINSON*, S. MURRAY-JONES?, S. A. SHEPHERD & N. M.

WACES

Summary

Robinson, A. C. Murray-Jones, S., Shepherd, S. A. & Wace, N. M. (2003). The

Encounter 2002 Expedition to the Isles of St Francis, South Australia: Formation of

the islands, introductory narrative & marine conservation recommendations. Trans. R.

Soc. 8S. Aust. 127(2), 69-73, 28 November, 2003.

Key Words: Southern Australia, sea level change, islands, marine conservation,

marine protected area.

Plate |

A An aerial view of the Isles of St Francis from the east (Photo A. Robinson).

B Overlooking Trivia Bay on the west coast of St Francis Island (Photo P. Canty),

CA Carpet Python (Morelia spilota imbricata) on St Francis Island (Photo A. Robinson).

D The expedition camp on Petrel Bay, St Francis Island (Photo A. Robinson).

E Farmhouse ruins on St Francis Island with Egg and Smooth Islands in the background (Photo P. Canty).

Plate 2.

F Diver surveying the invertebrate fauna of vertical surfaces (Photo I, Svane)

G Golf ball sponges (probably Te¢hya sp.) (Photo J. Hayvenhand)

H Familial felicity among ascidians. Numerous small Polvsvacraton aspiculatwm attached to the tunic ofa large Herdmania

momus (Photo J. Havenhand)

| Diver collecting algal specimens (Photo R. Swanson)

J The tall ships ‘Fuilie’ and ‘Enterprize’ in Petrel Bay, off St Francis Island. (Photo P. Canty).

Hhavisin Hears of ie Kayal Socied af 8, lust (2003). 127 (2) 6073

THE ENCOUNTER 2002 EXPEDITION TO THE ISLES OF ST FRANCIS,

SOUTH AUSTRALIA: FORMATION OF THE ISLANDS, INTRODUCTORY

NARRATIVE & MARINE CONSERVATION RECOMMENDATIONS

hy ALC, Robinson, S. MURRAY-JONFS', SAS Siero & oN. ML Wact

Summary

Rouisson, ACC. Miiewdonis. S. SHpenk S. AL & Wack NOM. (2005) The Lieounter 2002 bapedition

I The Isles ol St Francs. South Australia; Formation of the istands, iiteaduetoey nunatve & anieine

Conservalion revominendations fhaas Ro Nive 8

fest, V27(2), O73, 28 November, 2003

bY Wires: Southern Austr, set level chinwe. Shands. Heride consersaiilor. murine preteted dred,

‘hrom Heir dpipearaiee, their aridity ane

wer hing else which inakes them cistasiefiul, Pim

Hol seprixed (hat they lene heen named apfier the

fiver SUES idie rtaos weries af preweri. for then:

phavide the mast perfect example it 8 proxsitile lo

LIV OP it ‘

Report ol Nicolas Gaudin (X02

This was the unflaterng comment of the French

explorer, Baudin, about the Isles of St Francis and St

Peter, which together muke up Nuyts Archipelage,

Named by Pieler Nuyts in 1627. the famous

explorers Matthew Finders and Nicolas Buudin

both visited these offshore islands in }S02, There is

norecord of the French having latided a shore party:

which may explain why Baudin wot iso wrong,

The Nuyls Archipelago (Fig. 1) was formed by

sea-level changes during the Pleistocene. Phe sea

level Was approximately ESO m below the present

level 17 000 years age (tthe peak of the last glaejal

phase (Belperio e/ a/, 1983). This exposed extensive

areas of the continental shelf and fine calearcous

sedinient was blown inland forming vast Acolian

dune systems. extending roubd the Australian

Hunk coust from the Plead of the Bight to Catlin

Buy. Goolowreally, they are known as the

Bridvewuter formation and they overlic basement

Precambrian shield rocks of ihe Gawler Craton

(Thomson 1970),

During the lust 17 O00 years the sea-level has risen

due dy the ehunge ta water chimates, and the

current Coustline formed around GO00 years ako. An

Miodhiversity Sarvs &: Minories. Sejeee de Conaer vate,

DopiriMent Tar Gisiroliwat a Herts. CPO Bos )047

Aduhtide, Sh SOME,

Couet Pontection Brineh, Nate! & © altura) Meri

Demet fear Dis ronmienie & blernaie GRO os Pe,

Viele, SAV S00],

SAME \giutic Seenees. PO Boy 722 Henley Hegel SA 527

) Roe St Yarlimle SOT Jeou

cxdininaton of the bathymerie contours (hi. 2)

reveal thal the Isles of St Praneis would have heen

vonneeted to the mainland and ipost of the other

islands by a tidge approxunitely 5 bin wide, wilh a

Hal] Of sea-level of only 40 m below the present haw

water, With the probable exeephan of Tart Island

and Cunmin Reef all ishinds would have been

broadly councoted to one another by a lesser Hall of

34m. They were isolated from the renainder of

Nuyts Archipelago approximately 1) 000 yeurs ago,

but remained asa group with a shared coastline watil

10 000 years ago during the postglacial custalic

sea-level rise (Belperio ev cl. 1983). The Isles of St

Francts therefore shure both a physteal and

historical distinetiveness from the other islands ol

Nuvts Archipelago dnd from the mainland, whieh

produces o certain biogeographic unity.

the basement rocks ave only exposed near the

shores, where they show massive sheet structures

(Vig. 3), The granites have generally weathered to

course, rounded surfaees. except where they are

intruded by dykes of less resistant material. whose

dillerential removal has produced a fretted eousiting

of narrow inlets and gullies: The Acoli calearenite

lies directly over the erystilline basement rocks and

ist toast 40 i thick in clit exposures. Where ihe

baseinemt rock outerops above seq level, the

overlying dune limestones terminate abruptly in

clitts and rocky previpices, excupt on headlands.

where limestone slopes more vently to the

inderlying basement (Figs 4 5),

The study of the flora und Suuna of South

Australis more (hun 1350 offshore islands has a

long history dating back to the original wark on the

VegelaHion Of Nuyts Archipelago by Robert Brown,

the botanist on Flinders vestiguéar, and

coutinuing te the present day An extensive

bibliography of published warks on these shuns

aut be found in Robinson ed al (1996). The islands

of Nuves Archipelago have, since 1967, been

7 A.C. ROBINSON, S. MURRAY-JONES. S, A, SHEPHERD & N, M, WACE

= =

PURDIE Bi Lauhins lsLaAnt

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

“ST PETER ISLAND

GOT S.ann

p

ws —

EVRE ISLAM *~

Ny i evans isuaun EYRE ISLAND

lacy

Pa a

ae

qo

FREELING SLANT > PR ANCL ISCAS

SMOLITH IE a

HOS (ISLAND

9 2

WAST ISLAND wads

so) FRANCS SLAro

Lier

Sa MASILLON ISLAN0

cs -

— Heme Lan [5c arll

+ HART ASLAND CANNAN REEF

9 10 20 3 40 50 Kilometres QLIVEISEAND

—_— “1

Fiy. 1, Map of the islands of Nuyts Archipelago. Box delineates study area of the Isles of St Francis.

divided into two Conservation Parks managed by

the South Australian Department for Environment

and Heritage. The group of islands that are the

subject of this series of reports (Fig. 1) all fall within

the Isles of St Francis Conservation Park, [1 consists

of a cluster of 1] islands of varying sizes and

exposure. The base for the two weeks of the

expedition was on north facing Petrel Bay on St

Francis Island, which provides the only safe

anchorage in the island group,

The Royal Society of South Australia has a long

history of sponsoring expeditions to the State's

offshore islands, including an expedition to Nuyts

Archipelago and the Invesugator Group in 1922

(Chilton 1922; Lea 1922a, b, 1923: Osborn 1922,

1925: Wood Jones 1922, 1923, 1924; Osborn &

Wood 1923; Cleland 1923a,b; Proctor 1923; Tindale

1923: Waite 1923a, b; Wood 1923; Hale 1924:

Glauert 1925), This was followed in 1969 by an

expedition to Pearson Island (Mawson L971; Paton

1971; Shepherd & Thomas 1971; Shepherd &

Womersley 1971; Smyth 1971; Symon 1971,

Thomas & Delroy 1971; Twidale 1971; Burn 1973:

Seed 1973: Watson 1973). In 1971 the Society

sponsored an expedition to the Isles of St Francis

(Robinson & Smyth 1976: Shepherd & Womersley

1976), The present expedition followed an original

idea suggested by Rob Lewis, Chief Scientist. South

Australian Research and Development Institute and

was part of “Encounter 20027, a celebration of the

anniversary of the explorations of the South

Australian coastline by Matthew Flinders and

Nicholas Baudin in 1802, In addition it was seen as

a follow-up to the original 1971 Royal Society of

South Australia expedition.

The scientitic program took place from 14-26

February 2002 and comprised a terrestrial and a

marine component. The terrestrial party established

a camp at the base of St Francis Island in Petre! Bay.

while the marine component mostly stayed aboard

the fisheries research vessel Ngerin. Small bouts

were used to ferry scientists between islands. The

following persons took part m the expedition’s

scientific program:

INTRODUCTORY NARRATIVE 7I

SPAM BAT

a We

een ( + Cibut.

: ee Ca

, f,, - =

2 a)

fi vl Sort }

j \ i -

Phe - ; {—~,

t L-

ts sot

us f

iis Y j

fete pee

¥ \

ap, . ‘

=< rap Me :

PI A Me =

ahis ' -

(twee teed

‘iar \ aan

se

, cle \ 4

/ i tow

i | | i( sf i)

“AL ia .

1 XY GE ., ‘,

\ To ' \ \ i \ \

‘ | | a = \

n ; ‘ ROMAN (hl Y \

\ ' \

0

| \

ve |

wont

rie } at Ny |

he

‘ A PAVE

/ Hl

ere j ilyan Be ned °

t f ~~.

' J )

tb

THEA PY Baby

Fig, 2. Bathymetry of the Nuyts Archipelago from the Australian Navy hydropraphie survey by H.M.A.S. Moresby Mareh-

May 1972 by permission of the Hydrographer R.A.N. (designated A on reliability map), The following sheets of”

soundings were also used: Yatala Reet’ to Nuyts Archipelago (1:75 000), Pearson to Nuyts (1:75 000), Approaches to

Theyenard (1:50 000) and Demal Bay sheets |, 2, 7 (1:25 000). Further data used from previous surveys include:

Admiralty Chart No 1061 Cape Catastrophe to the Great Australian Bight (1: 600 000) (reliability C), and inserts thereon

for Streaky Bay (1-148 000) and Denial & Smoky Bays (1:148 000) (reliability B) and Sircaky Bay 1 Point Sinclair &

Nuyts Archipelago (1:126 720) from the surveys of Cmdr Howard and Lt. Goalen in H.M.S. Beatrice [877-78 (reliability

©), Inferred depths, for which no nearby soundings are available, are indicated by dotted lines. Contours are in metres al

10 m intervals below low water, Indian spring tides.

Terrestrial program: Tony Robinson (leader of

the terrestrial party and involved in vegetation and

seal studies), Peter Canty (vegetation), David

Armstrong and Graham Armstrong (python biology),

Gary Ferris (granite geochemistry), Brett Dalzell

(seal studies und python biology), Matthew

McDowell and Linda-Marie Hall (vertebrate

sublossils), Terry Arnott and Sarah Laurence (land-

use history and archaeology).

Marine program: Dayid Turner (macroalgal

ecology) and Robert Baldock, (algal systematics),

Anthony Cheshire (algal ecophysiology), Meegan

Fowler-Walker, Andrew Irving and Sean Connell

(ecology of marine macroalgac), Alastair [Hirst

(macroepifauna of algac), Thierry Lapeérousaz

(animal collections for SA Museum), Th Svane and

Jon Havenhand (fauna of shaded hard surfaces), Greg

Rouse (systematics of polychaetes and crinoids),

Jeanette Watson (systematics and ecology of

hydroids), Peter Fairweather (intertidal ecology).

Scoresby Shepherd and James Brook (distribution

and recruitment of reef fishes), Lisa Gershwin

(systematics of gelatinous plankton) and Rhett

Swanson (underwater photography), Suc Murray-

Jones assumed responsibility for the logistics and

assisted in the intertidal surveys and algal

ecophysiological and macroepifaunal work.

Operations support: Neil Chigwidden (Ngerin

Master), Chns Small, Neeria (Mate/Engineer), Dave

Kerr (.Vgerin Mate/Engineer), Ralph Putz, (Ngerin

7 NA

fia 3, Sheet strctires WHRID St Priticis Grane, easton St

hiurets Isfanu,

Mig CUTS alone south goast St Praets Eskine) stow nis

NAGLE stra lieal on

hig 5. Steep aided cliffs with tind citenete Tasers

uncontlormably averlving gianite,

ROBINSON & MURBAYJONDS, §, A, SHEPIIERID A KOM WAC T

Deck Hand/Cook), Brign Davies (Dive Superson),

Rick Juines (Boat Operations),

Outcomes: The for terrestrial stidics i thts

spveiul issue haye consolidated Tistorieal atid

hinlovicul anformiulion not wenendhy aeeessible, Ty

nddinion. Arvetr Lowrenve & Niwel Woee have

pawided a pbuckvrouml to (he first Eurapean

setlement un the istamed ind hive, lor the first lite,

deciimentedl the relies tenting Front the farianiss

era, Ferris has provided thew tilormatua on the

siructure and geouhermistey oF the anerent jocks Tat

farmthe archipelago. The tolal Mor at the istinds

tovether With wes inerpretation al the youehaton ol

St Praneis (Slund aid an ussessment of the chunye in

areas disturbed by various aspects Of the former

settlement of Lhe islands, siiee 197], are presented by

Robinson, Canty. Wace & Barker, Finally, the

vertebrate fauna of the islands. with) particular

emphasis on their importan! populauions of seals. sea-

Jions and carpet pythons were assessed by Rubi nsutt,

Armstrong. Armstrong, Dulzell. Canby, MeDewell &

Vall

The nine murine studies in this special wsue hive

substantially extended our knowledge of benthic

vommmunilies for the region, Womersley & RBallock

have sununarized the extensive past aid recent alyal

volleetions by providing a species list ol benthie algae

for the urelipclage. The struetue af algal

ussemblages and their primury productivity uve

been assessed by Tumer & Cheshire. while Irving ev

ui, have examined the relations of Bekloia wil 1s

undersiorey. Also qicluded is a [992 study al whe

diversity of algal communities by Baker & Edyvine

The crustieead nyaderoepiliina ussociited wih

various Hiteformsy of algae were examined By Tirst.

Systematic studies in the Cnidaria and Clenophora by

Gephwin, Zudler and Wutson produced euht pew

species of Lydromedsie and new records of the

gelitinous plankton (Gershwin & Zeidler) as well us

ole Hew species und several new records ob the

hydroids (Watson), Rouse, while collecting, criiiils.

hus deseribed a commensal speeies. of the

Myzostormada (Polyehaer). which ts (he Jirst pcot al

of the fumily for seuthert) Australi. Shepherd &

Brook have desermbed a very abundant fish lant

due, they considered, to the “offshore island” effect

which enhanees fish abundance by the impart of

productivity from the Surroutdin seas.

Lasily. because of the variety sd) pelatively

unspoilt nature ol the marine ecosystems surround je

the Isles of St Francis, we include recommendations

for the location of i Marine Protected Area (MPA)

within the archipelago. Despite the fet Whar studies

were dove on only a few islands, and offen on their

sheltered sides die to the prevailing swell it beanie

apparent that ‘the greatest biodiversity would be

INTRODUCTORY NARRATIVE M

protected by mausinizving the number of habitats to be

protected. (n-addition the sh study showed distinet

differences i habitat between juveniles and adults of

some species, Nolwbly Jabrids, AS waive cnersy and

livht are key forcing functions for benthic

communities. a MPA should conta representatives

al habititts on expoked. to sheltered areas trom the

Intertidal to deep water. SL braneis |. ised F contains

virtually all Ihese types of habitat on its exposed and

sheltered sides. and hence this ishurd, together with

Masifionjind Penclon Is.und their seal calonies, with

surrounding waters, May apiially achieve the gouls

ou representauive MPA for the archipelago,

Acknowledgments

The South Australian Research: and Development

Institute (Aquatic Seienees) Committed a significant

amount oF funding to the expedition through the

proyision of RV Negeri, support craft, ancl eres. The

South Ausirahan Department for Environment ani

Heritage supported the terrestrial program. The

University of Adelaide provided wasmall bual, and the

Australia Geographic Society contributed financial

support for the expedition.

References

Brerimeio, AL TS, Datos OR, & Gosia VOA (LORRY A

review GE Polovene sea levels om South Australia fa

Hlopley. Do (hab) “Austen Sea Levels i the barst

ISO Vea A Review) Merirtnent af Creagraphy,

Jrnmnes Cook Lniversin af North OQuaewnstant,

Monusruph Series, Oeansiiunal Caper a 37-47.

Brie, Ro CTA) Reurseat Istand Pxpeditvon 1869 1,

Opisthobronchs /eaiy. & Seo So dave. 97 201-206

Chibi. ©. (MM 22) The blond and Foun ol Nay ts

Atchipelage ant the fivestivalor Grranp: be Amphipoctia

und fsopuca, Mie, 47, 34-38

Corbasp, 4h B. (P9 2a the flora and launa of Nini

Archipelugn and the Investigator Cronp 8 The bids of

Ponrson Isfands. /bet 47 119-) 20,

92a) The flora and “ttita of Nuys

Avhipeliwo and he lryestivator Group t+: The

Rasidamycetous lunei of Pearson Islands. Gira

Ausualian Bight, Jbl 47 365-366.

Giarbrer be (1925) Che Port and fauna of Nayis

Arehipelave and the Investigilar Group TP? the

scorpions, With doseriptions of sate species fron other

localities Wi South Austin, Mies 48. 85-87,

Hann Th Me (1924) The flora und Mana of Nuyts

Archipelago and the livestizatar Group Lo: Crustaeen,

(hid AB OF.

Pian AJM. (1Y22q) The Mera ahd find of uyts

ArMipelage and the lywestealor Group + Coleoptera,

fhid 46, 295-303,

(M922h) The More and from of Nuys

Scehipchipa and the lnvestigator Croup db: The

Coleapten af Pearson Ishand. thick 47. 355-3601

(M923) The Moe nd fran al Nuyts

Archipelage ind the Investigator Croup l2: Stemach

conlenls of Pearson Ishind Birds. Jia 47 361

Marys PM. (T8771) Pearson Ishind Expedition lous:

Helminths, fiat 95, 164-183,

(snows, 1 en ws. (1927) The Mora and fuioa of Nays

Archipelaze aod the Divestizetar Group 3; 4 sketch of

the coulopy of Pruklin Ltands, /hid, 46, 14206,

(1925) The flora amd fauna of Nuyts

Archipehige and the Investigators Group Ts: Notes on the

vepelinon ott linders tstarul fbid 49. 270-284

dX Wool IG. (1924) The fora and (im al?

Siva Archipelive sind the Inyestigiiler Group. t.

Feoloyy of Poursor tstands. (fre, 47, 97-114)

Paros, 8 Ch97 1) Pearson Island Expedition 160 6.

Winds Aided YS. 140-153.

Proctom: J. Bo (1924) The flon and tau of Nuves

ArelipelaLo wed the hrvestigatar Group Ss Phe heads

Mil AT. 79-8

Ruibinsos, ALC. SMT CI97O) Phe vertebrote fu of

NUVIs Archipelago, Sout Australia /biel 100, 171-176.

Canty. Po Moosry, Bg RObDOUR OP (L990)

“Soul Austrahas Offshone Islands’, Australie

Herjiaee Comrmossion, (Australian Cioverament

Publishine Service)

Shin Wo (1973) Pearson Psland Cxpedingn £4ou tl:

Crogtaeca: lsapoda. Themis, Ro See, So lise 87 VOR 1 2.

SHAME SAL THOMAS, EM (T9871) Pearson Island

Expedition L960 1: Narrative, [iy 95, [2{-122

[ame > & Womens py TL B.S. (1971) Pearson Island

Expeditiun 969 7) Sub-tidul coolopy al benthic alae.

Thiet 95. \5S-16%

& M76) Suubetidal uloal ave

sciterdss cevlogy of St Vravicrs Istind. South Australis,

ined TAD. 177-192

SMvTH M. (T97)) Peurson island Expedition (969

&: Reptiles. thi 95, 147-14.

SyMon. Db. C971) Pearson Tshind Expedition 19a

4) Contributions (6 the kind Mora. (id YS. 132-146.

THOMAS, bo M. & Dbkoyvo be (1971) Pearson fstund

Pypedibiun (969 4: The Pearson Iskand wallaby, did

95, 143-145,

Trisom. Be P1970) A review Ob dhe Precambrian and

Lower Palieozoie etonies of South Australia Ai

94. [93-22].

Tivbatt, NR (P9235) The flurs and fini of Nuyts

Archipelago and the Investigator Group 13: Ovapiera

MMi) 47. 362

TWIbs re CR. OTT) Pearson Istind Tapeditioen 169 2

Ceomorpholasy, (hid, 9S. 123-130.

Wath, Bo RO (19 24u) Phe ore und tawow ol Nuys

Arclopelige and the Investigator Group 7) the fishes

Tid. AT, 95-986,

— (19h) The flora aid) fund ot Nuves

Athipelago and tie Investigator Group 1: Shakes of St

Priners (shud together with a note on the mame af the

veouruphcul geauup. fue 47, 127-12

Wosrsos stb (i974) Pedrson Ishin Pspestinon |Y69 u

Hydroicds. (hid, 87, 133-200.

Wad. dt. G (1923) The fora and trun of Nuyis

Archipelago and (he Inivestigatar Croup (Appendix ro 8)

paelate vl soil samples fran Pearsun stand. Joik 47.

}}-T bs,

Wool fosrs 1) (1922) The Nom and Rian of Nuyis

Archipelagy com the dnyvestigdiar Group 2:

Monodelphiin manmnals, Jind 46. ES 1-198,

rs (1923) The flora and fauine of NWuyts

Archipelage and the Tivestigalor Croup 6. The

Didelphian manrials. bid 47, 824,

(1824) The flora und) Fauna ef Nuyes

Archipeliwa and the bivestizatin Croup 15; Che Pearson

ee: rotund Ue Flinders thine wallaby, Mind 48

|e 14.

THE ENCOUNTER 2002 EXPEDITION TO THE ISLES OF

ST FRANCIS, SOUTH AUSTRALIA: SETTLEMENT HISTORY

By T. K. Arnott’, S. E. LAURENCE! & N. M. WACE?

Summary

Arnott, T. K., Laurence, S. E. & Wace, N. M. (2003) The Encounter 2002 Expedition

to the Isles of St Francis, South Australia: Settlement History. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.

127(2), 75-86, 28 November, 2003.

The settlement history of the Isles of St Francis is described. The voyages of Nuyts in

1627 and those of Flinders and Baudin in 1802 all visited these islands. Sealers and

whalers worked the islands but very few details of this period were recorded. St.

Francis Island was finally settled around 1859 and the pastoral history is described. At

least two shipwrecks are known for the islands and these are described from written

records. Finally, a catalogue of the remaining physical relics of the pastoral era 1s

provided together with a location map, descriptions and photographs.

Key Words: Isles of St. Francis, history, exploration, sealing whaling, pastoral

remains, shipwrecks, South Australia.

Femmccnans ap itie Ravel Sorte ap S. Met (2005), F272), PSK6,

THE ENCOUNTER 2002 EXPEDITION TO THE ISLES OF ST’ FRANCIS,

SOUTH AUSTRALIA; SETTLEMENT HISTORY,

by T, K. ARNorrl, SE. LAuRENCI | & NM. Wace

Sumunary

Anson, To kK. Darmiscth SL && Wacr, NM: (2003) The Mncounter 2002 | xpedibion to the Isles of

St Prinis, South Australia: Settlement History, Trams, R. Soo, 8. fuse 1272). 75-Ko. 28 November. 2003.

The selilement history of the Isley of St Francs is deseribed. The voyawes of Nuvis ie 1627 and those of

Hinders dnd Bauidin in 1802 all-yisited these ishinds. Sedlers and whalers worked the islands but very few details

Wh this period were recorded, St Fringis Ishind was Vinally setuled around E839 and the pastoral history: is

deseribed. At least two shipwreeks are koowe for the istands and (hese are deseribed trom written records.

Vinally, @ catalogue ot the remaining physted! relies of the pastoral era ts provided together with 1 loeation mip,

deseniplions ind photographs,

KY Wokds) Isles af St francis. history. explanition, sealing. Whaling, pastoral remains shipwreeks. South

Australia

Introduction

Nhe islands af Nuyts Atchipelagzo were probably

the carliest discoveries by Europeans in what is now

Soull) Australia, They marked the castern extent of

The voyages OF Pieter Nuyts in 1627. His names for

the largest (wo iskinds of St Peter and St Francis

Were retuned by Matthew Flinders who was the next

hatropean to yisit the islands in 1802, On Unis voyase

he tater cheountered French navigator Nicalys

Badin - a meeting that is celebrated by the papers in

this special issue of the Transactions of the Royal

Sociely of South Australia reporting the results of the

Encounter 2002 Expedition.

Sealers and then whalers followed the reports by

Flinders of a hie resource waiting lo be exploited

wrong the many islands across the southern shores

oF Austrahia. The istinds were held as a pastoral luase

from T8S8 but when they were actually stacked is

unclear We do know that Lhomas Furley: Mosier

(Lloyd and Witham Berry Arnold finally settled on Sy

(ianeis Iskind wound [890. We ane fortunace jn

having a series of interviews wilh Clara Elizabeth

Siwyer who lived on St Francis Island trom 1901

until 1924, She was the daughter of William Arnold.

and her recolleeuons provide a vivid insight inte

daily [ile i this remote part of South Australia.

This paper combines all ayailable sources to

prodiice a histoneal background for the Isles of St

Francis and then describes und documents, for the

first time, the physical remains of human settlement

on St Francis: Island.

Hermie Broneh, Nituirah de Cultural Merilie Daeetonite

Depurtnent for Lavivanment & Hevitiwe. CPO) Bos [O47

Adelaide SA SOUT.

“1 Rodway St, Yorvalomla, ACL 2600

Methods

Iistorical sourees were combined into.u history ol

the Isles of St Francs, In particular, a series Of tiree

interviews vondicted between 1969 and 1972 with

Chira Sawyer provided a human dimension vo this

history.

During the 2002 Expedition. all the physical

remuins from the period of settlement on St Frances

Island were visited, accurately lovated with a GPS

(AMG coordinates using Datuin WGSS4), measured,

photographed und. where possible, their original

function wis established,

[had been hoped that evidence of use of the island

by sealers and whalers during the pre-seitlenent

period might also be found and specifically tireeted

searches were made for such evidence,

The 60 ton schooner Hosen was wreeked in

1860 on the north-west shore of St Francis Island and

searches for relies of this wreck were made both on

the beach ind underwater this area of Petre! Bay.

Results

Eiapeant Discavery

The Isles of St Francis and St Peter were first

visited by Europeans in 1627 when Pieter Nuyts, an

alicia of the Duteh United Rast India Company

(V.0.C), and Cuptuin Francois Thijssen, commander

ofthe Duich vessel Gilden Zeepurdt, explored this

section of the Australian coast during the course ol a

voyage trom Holland to Batavia. His venerally

assufied the islands were the most easterly paint of

contact on their traverse af the southern coustline

befor: returning westwards for Cape Leeuwin and

then north to Batavia (Sehilder 198s, 1989)

Th For ARNOT Sb LAURTNCTE & NOM. WACE

Nuyts ciroumuasigated the group of itunes yi

January 1627, nung the two largest St Pigter and St

brine. commemorating Nis and ‘Vhijpsen’s patron

mime saintly - these wre the cirhest revorded

Luropedn plaice names in South Australia.

No vecount of Nuyts’ voyaire has been found tn [he

VOC, archives, und there is nothing to indicate

whether (he Dutch landed upon the St Praners

Islands. although from an anchorme sviibel an

Hessel CGierritse’s chart of 1628. they may have done

se (hills L970). The ishinds are named on Dutch

charts Fro about 1628, and included on world maps

such 28 Johan Blicuw’s Funious Grooten Atlas of

Ih42-05, All the 17h amd Sth century charts an

which the islands of St Peter and St Prancis are

Marked show a continuous W-E coastline nanjed

"Nuyls Land? linking Cape Lecuwin lo the thands,

thos. defivting the northern edee of the Great

Australian Bight,

Given the remuteness al the logation. it 1s 10

stirprisits that (| 726 Jonathon Swell chose these

islands as Che setting for Lilliput, the mythival land

ol tiny peuple. in bts epic story Gnlliver Traveds

(Roboison eral, 1996),

No other visits by Europeans to these istands are

known. until the survey by Captain Matthey

Flinders. in command of TIMS) Jnpestigater. ip

February 1802. blinders praised the accuracy ol ihe

carlier Dutch charts, and mamed Nuavis Archipelago

in Frenour of als discoverer, as well as Si Praners and

St Peter Islands,

Flinders vharted the islands and the adjoin

coasting, anchoring in Petrel Bay, St Franeis Island,

where a himding party including: himself and the

botanist. Roberl Brown, walked across the tsland to

(he south-west coast. Flinders noted the presence of

hair seals, siiall kungaroos. penguins. Cape Barren

Creese. multon birds ("Mount Pitt Birds”) and

sules, Parties from the 4ivesrfuerer also landed to

collect plants qnd-animals for food, taking a total ab

1260 mutton birds on Pebriary 3 and February 8).

Later in P802 (les May) Nuys Archipelage and

the Wearby vousts were visited by the Trench

exploration vessel Le Geagreple commanded by

Captiin Nicolas Baudin. and agua in February: 1603

by Le Cuspariva commanded by Captam M. Louis

Preyomel. While Freyeinet named Henelon and

Masiflon Ishinds. itis clear from the deeaunts of the

breneh that the only ishind landed Ypon tr the

Heoway, RoCk02) Sl opnblished Diary al Bobom Brawl the

Belial Museiin (Natural Ehstaryb Lanta. OMgelli ot

Herburtiine Avettilignse, (anheres)

Dovuras, BO CEASA! Reparre by Bo Douglas Naval enitean ob vt

sieves Ol Thal portant oP the centsy bytoe belweadrr Pont Pow len

near the Western Getuuliiry af Wis Mreaviiva. sand the West end al!

Kongstear ishind. Sauith Anstinthiat: Parl ameniany lapers-

PME fnghuak 400, sce Wace und Powell 15, cabey Holy,

~ Sot tedira/aneteuinie 20 September Ths. Zed

wehipelage was St Peter (Brown 2000),

None of these carly visitors recorded the presence

of Aborigines oo any of the Nuyts Atchipeligo

although both Flinders ane Frevetnel ater then

presence ou the adjoiing mankind trom smoke seen

ashore. Freycinet makes the categorical statement ve

natives live on anwol tie stands (Cooper 1083 ). ana

no sione tools ar other indigenous arteliels baye been

found ou them. With present sea levels. St Francis

aid is nearby islands would have been beyond the

reach of local mainland Aborigines, who, at the time

of European contwel, hal fe suitable watereral

(Davidson 1935, Tindale (97-4. Lampert 1981),

Sealine

Ih is feasible that the fshinds of Nuyis Arehipelago

were Visiled by sealers belore Flinders? and Baudins

surveys of 1802-3. bur neither of these panvqguttoys

Hoted any evidenee of such visitors, American

seulers. Were opeldling at King George Sound m

Western Australia and al Kangaroo sland in bss

(Sexton. 1990),

Sealers from Tasmania were certaioly visiting

Nuvis Archipelago by the 1830s. The schouner

Miniberh (Caputin Jot Chart) tran Poy, Palyymple

made several voyages alone the south coast of

Australia, “/anedims ait afmtuse every reek beaween

Rass s Straits abe Denhtfil Island Bay’ ww Western

Australia (Marl 1854. quoted iy Bride L88s). Captiin

Hurt certainty visilud the St Prange Grotiyr in (832,

When he discovered a small aullying tshind whieh

was Dat placed on Flmders’ chant. and whieh was

later named after li. It was afier this voyawe that

the Affzaherh returned lo Lanmceston willl earge of

1340 seul pelts. 10 000 wallaby skins, seal orl and

salt Cumpslon 170). Some seal pelts and oil rom

this venture probably came from the St branes

Istumds. Sporadic seule probably conta

through the 19th and possibly early 200 centafres.on

the Isles of St Francis,

Whaling

Foreign and colonial whaling ships hunted Sperm.

Southern Right adhd Lunmpbick Whales in Seuth

Australia’s waters, predominantly during the winter

months. The Ameren vessels Afro and slimasan

took Right and Humpback Whales in bowlers Bay.

anu tioted the Nuyts Islands when sailing Irom Were

to Port Lincoln in September (840. but did nol stop

iO Investigate whales imonpst the islands al the end

of the season. Estimates of the numbers of whaling

vessels visita the South Australian coast durin a

whaling svason have been placed between 130 and

ZW

Shore-based whaling skitiens wepe being

cstiblished an the Soulh Australian coust from the

hue P8208, with the early 1840s being a peak period,

SETTLEMENT LS TORY 77

In the Great Ausuratiun Bight they were set up to the

west of Nuyis Archipelage at Fowlers Bay. and to the

vast i Streaky Bay. Sueale Bay and Coffin Bay, as

well us on Flinders Island south-east ol the

archipelimo (Kostoglou & McCarthy 1991). Whaling

Slutians Were alse established closer to St Francis

Iskind, al Point Peter in neurby Denil Buy, and

within the wrehipelage a) St Peter [sland (operated by

Hobart-based whalers) aud al Goat Ishuid. There is

ny doubl that the sheltered anchorage ar Petre! Bay,

St Francis Island, would have provided a usetil base

lor both shore-hased and pelagie whaling dperations,

although there is no historical evidence to support

His. Due lo deehimne whale stacks caused by over

exploitation, shore-based whaling operations alone

the west coust ol South Australia are belreved to have

ceased by dround | 850",

SH yey

Reports of official explorauon of the carly

mainlind, shoetly afer the foundation of South

Austad in 1836, have nothing fo say about the St

Mrancis Islands, although giving seme information

thout resources Wwhiel) later attracted visitars te their

witers A contemporary accouiit al the voyage ol the

Repu (Capiim Cart) to Denial Bay in 1839 ip

support of leyre’s first attempt to cross the Nullarbor

Plain ta Western Austrailia. mentions abundant

Whiles in Sureaky Bay’ In 840 the yessel

Herein called ab St Peter Islind for (Ynoutton

bird) exes, intending to contact and supply Teyre at

the slarlof his journey to Western Australia, but no

luamding as known to have heen made on the St

Francs Cirauip (hyve 1964),

The Goverment schooner

Yalofae (Captain

Douvlas) was sent by Captain Mart (then Treasurer of

South Australiy) to esunine the area im | 8358.

Doulas anchored in Petrel Bay. and daried anid

Hixed the positions oF Think [sland and Cunnan Reefs.

Depowls of penguin guano were diseovered on

Musilon sind. but were vorsidered to be too small

And champ te be ol mie uses

Niripn eiks

Meritenidlter

The 60 fod schooner Meitenede (Captain Harris),

bound from Port Adelaide for Fremantle. wis

houwhed in a sinking candivoen and subsequently

wreeked on the north-west shore of Petrel Bay, St

Vhotlipe Bnet (Whee Depatient too brviremiient apa

Heriae SA

© Seett lievdie Riser 2h Gelber (S34l ay

Doria TEER Sey Me

Phos le LESahy Mid

Nit letvtrarticas Rewtyiie, TA dune tASY Sy

‘Werdee Bruel) fhe Depannient top LAV reeniiient aiid

Herihipe. SA

Pruners Island (Wig. ba), on 20 May LSdt. The vessel

had vonmnenced ils voyage with a general carne ain

one passenger alinost one month earlier on 27 April

bit was hampered by strong winds aud rough seas,

With provisions punning shor, Captany [Waeris

anchored off St Peter Ishind on }6 May and sent hrs

crew ashore lo obtin meat and water, The vessel

departed three days later bul wus soon found to have

sprung wleak and was taking so much water that the

pumps could nat cope. forcing the captain to head tor

St Francis Island.

Theesix crew and the passenger creelod tents. and

upom imbally findme qo water oo the iskmd by

digging. they sent a boat to St Peter Island for soyne,

und elt news Of the wreek with that tskind’s only

inhabitant, While waiting over three months on St

Francis hefore rescue. they survived on Mourn butter

and other woods which were part of the cara, ane

‘on Wildl fow! ait? eves which (hey collected on the

iskiiel. The passenger, Mr Cieake, w wheelwriht by

(rade. made paddlewheels: tor the bout and further

‘aleinpts were mude by Captain Harris and some of

the crew to leave the iskud. bat these were

USsHecess lL.

When concerns were raised ia Adelaide that the

vessel had oot arrived tit Western Australia, the

Government schooner juselet was sent to searely the

West coast of South Australia. The crew of the redler

‘alled malo St Peter Island where they were informed

the Maitemera was wrecked ou St Franers Phau

The survivors were reseked and much of the cara

salyauedt on | September 1X60 and subsequently

renirned to Port Adelaide.

Unie Pessed

According fo & report! in the Sowth dustrafict

Reovisrer on) Jtine 889 about a shipwreek on

Fenelon Ishind, a lishing vessel (name aor reported).

‘Ufisherman ened bis hoy. wanted vespectividy Llavel

aad Arrald (probably Thomas Llavd and Wilh

Arnold) left Streaky Bay on a fishing Voyaue,

probably in catty Mity 1889 On 8 May PS89 the

vessel was gaehored olf Penclon Island when a

severe squall foreed the wachors to drag and drove

the vessel onto the rocks above high water mark.

holing the bottom of its hull, Afier spending eight

days on Febelon tskind the bwo erew rowed north 16

St Vrancis Island am their dinghy, where they

survived for the next twenty days on ‘ahevtles, cre 7

Following a report lo potiee thal the vessel wats

overdue a suureh yas instigated, The lwo survivors

were rescued [rom St Francis Island on 4 June [S80

hy Mounted-Constable Dowling and taken firstly to

St Peter Ishind ame then to Smoky Bay on the nearby

inainbanct!.

Clint Sawyer reported thal Lloye was wreeked on

Fenelon Island while sealing there some tie before

78 TK. ARNOTT, S. E. LAURENCE & N. M. WACE

Fig. 1, Physical remains on Si Franeis Island. The numbers in brackets refer to Fig. 3. AL Site of the wreck of the Heitematar

in Petre! Bay. St Francis Island. B. William Berry Arnold and son’s inseriplion near soak (196) C. Rear view of ‘ald

house’, smokehouse/hanging room and machinery shed/blacksmiths shop

D. Soak. dani and catchment wall ()¥e).

BE. Interior of puano mine i Petrel Bay (20), FP. New lighthouse (24).

he settled on St Francis Island!!, No-one has

specilically searched the shores of Fenelon Island to

see iPany wreckage still remains.

' Sawyer. C. B. (1969) Interwew with Mrs Clara Elizabeth

Sawyer by Dr DF. Dorward on 9 December 1969. Notes of the

inlwrvicws now in the South Australian Archives, State Library,

Adelaide

'S\waer. ©) b (1971) doterview with Mrs Chiara Elizabeth

Sawyer by Mr. A. Shepherd. May 1971. Notes now in South

Australian Archives, State Library, Adelaide,

Mast Bay

A deep cove on the south-western coast was named

‘Mast Bay’ by the Arnolds. The name relers to a

vessels mast that was pulled up the cliffand erected

by Willian Amold as a derrick at the Petrel Bay

landing. There are no other recorded vessels Jost at

St Francis Island, so the mast may have drifted from

elsewhere into the bay.

Settlement

The first lessee of St Francis Island was Robert

SETTERMENT HISTORY a)

Barr Sram. whose appheation, made in 1859 alse

included several outlying ishinds. but the stands

were Hot stocked for another thirty years. Barr Smith

held the lease until [X70 Honey Dale held the lease

for St Praneis. Franklin and Goal Islands trom E870

to 1872 (Robinson eve 1996). St Peter Island was:

alloted Under i grazing lease ar PSOS', but the Si

britneas Ciroup was not alienated until E880, A

pastoral lease eovermg St Pruncis, Muasillon,

Ponelon, bacy, Evans. Coat and the Pranktii islands

was ther issted to Thotas Purley Foster Llowe. a

slockholder of Kangarilla, The lossee during the

intervening years is unknown.

Lloyd leased the St Francis Group until E887 when

Alfred Burgess, overseer of St Peter Istiend, ind then

the Hosken family of St Peter Island aequired the

rub Sinve the lease was later travsterred to others

living gn St Franeis dsland, it is unlikely that St

Prineis Wes accupied before }S90, when the lease

was aay tauisfereed to Thoinas Lloyd ane Willian

Berry Arnold (Pig. thy who Wore deserrbed as

fovaciony af St Braneds dstand Lieyd and Arnold

were probably the first to teside permanently ay St

Francs und (he rittos of (heir Himestone buildings still

averlogk Peirel Bay (Pig, led

Apparently, none of the istinds tnder the louse

wire stocked Until TROT! but by bsve St Praneis

Ishind carrice L360 sheep (Robinson ey al. 1996).

Kresh water speiness around: the shoveling slopes of

the island (Fig bd) provided goad water for the stuck

dnd these were dammed 16 provide aw permanent

supply

So Veoh baads Prrakisieed ¢h97 Pb Sarnrmany ad

[rine Loivte cose Se brumectse M isitlony Penwlen Pavey

Prektii Deis ahd Gout sands. Cvnipitedt hy Poe Saiwwver

Soule Sastralia) Departiventot Pande. 1S Shire (97) Mates

HW TSO Awelratiin Anehiaare Ste LE ybirvery, Adelie,

Histiny Heoks Voli Le Palio 4 Seyyice Welivery. bina

Serius Geen Pep iirio For Adri stiad ive Pr foneat ian

Servis: TRAN Pidtond Lense Fell iwieims. po Sut, Sorvpae

Ceeweriieal Sites LonE Lend Services Groaye Weypntnient

Ler Aone isthitiye A Thorny ion Serves

Pm WAER GL Meath

Mo Seawy ie € Libr be dad

TON AW DR ER. P9724 Takerview aah Mi Chinn it lesierth

Saver ls MiB A. Shepher 24 Octuber (Tt Noite nei Ht

South Apeteaticn Avehvees. Spike byhrw, Acehiate,

MArP AND Lye. OA. FIG LE Notes ob unt iilerview walle Mine

NMaebarhme by De Mo soit. Maret) (971 Mis Stack aphane

(neu Meds Seiler feign el tie Armolh clotdivi, spent seftenel

IH ys WHE Wen ai STD rneis isiiich alah PAK TE Akates

new aT Soh Apstraliin Archives. Sau babyy Adelaide

Pope TOA SAUNDERS WO Bibra Th Ne Morbiwsi AW

(O72) Nols CAE iterviews (WHI Mi PA Tet Mie AY,

Swaridevs, My ROLY. eel Mie We Mehul ge Ohoeernibal anal

{colin hy Dy NM Wace iy Geto 1972, [Sounders veal

Dy secre shou ruys sisitiiee St Piao ci the [920s ind (3th,

Mitolifd Visita St brite i PUEO rae vouch cull wal

SUNT Fakir seas friend the Apmokd Ghitly aml Viste St

Pete on Pe Dae Pa Mowe mois on phe Seri Austeatien

relives Suse rbrdry Atoll

" Sowyeme lO! PCT] pial!

SW VPM LTO PE de

“Aaw yr. et Perr diad,

From accounts of a visit to St Francis in 1900

(Maguire 1921, Vereo 1935), and the reeolleetions of

people living on St Francis (sland!) and

visting shearers!) it is clear that sheep grazing.

cereal and vegeuible growing on St Prancis [stinul,

lovelher will cusial sealing, fishing and guane

collecting in and around the ashinds lortmed the

hwelhood ol the two families Hiving on St Feaueis. A

few cows Were Kept between (0S and 1914") bul

apart from (hese ind sheep. dogs. eats and poultry

the only other domestic animals were horses used for

rouping, ploughing und pulling guane drys. Ducks,

Uirkeys und ehickets were also reared. The island

also curricd about 200 pigs for about two years

uround 1920 butdue to the diTcully of carrying feed

To the ishand Uns was abandoned,

Behiid the dures above Petrel Buy about ls

heelares were planied for vegetables: watermelons.

aWweel melons. pumpkins. onions wad tomatoes were

grown i sulligienl quantities for sale an the

imainlund. Chor Sawver recalls thats

We ante aren Are vevetables thea dilivt rece

watering. We relicd vie tans tae Navemlur wiiek

Here ented te bei on the Vewetablen. Wo ati

Weller inelan, Suet melon, ead pumiphins tall by the

Hin), vias (abu) 250 few por veer) were best

alse laty of tometoes 1 peuteniber trips ra. Marea

Buy fC'edunay wth Seat vetses of tonmeitees

Treat the southwestern port, Af heebires af licerne

Wis grown and to the Westoa fuether Tu le enh

heetares Of wheat and barhey, Pach year 30-40 dozen

sheurwalter chicks were smoked. soaked in brine ane

then sulted dowa in casks for consumption. us well

ws holed down t) extract oil for serviewie

agricullual machinery” (Rohisen etal L996),

The deposits of penguin guang in eaves around the

iskind (hig. be) provided ciel fertiliser and a sitll

expurt mdustry for several yours. Cun leases were

issued for the islands aver several periods, Altea

and John Tlooes aid Henry Burden held-a tease fron

TS83 lo P8922 uy dich several pastoral lessees al the

island i subsequent yeurs (Robinson ef ad, YG). In

OS A Maguire sasited the astand fora briet stay:

und noted that:

On daspection these Jpensain] cees Will he

found ta contain hinidreds of low of enane, Some of

then run a sormbdiviace under the surface) in fier,

are cone fied gente a tenes renin euaniieee (eater ca

HEE ATT Te Caree te eats to ihe shed,

Aearder ta he shipped ta scone part (Maguire 1921)

Arnold constricted a Shpway to slide bags of

HZUUNO OG Ketches. shipping about 200 bigs. 4 time.

The {ast shipment of cuaie alP fie iskiid was male

elo

Selfsullicieney was neeessary for survival inthe

harsh conditions afforded by the ishand. and water

Ivarispork svas essential, In this regard the residenes

At) TOR ARBOTIOS dy | AUIRENCE & No M.WACT

hie. 2 Schooner Sibece Geneth | ).13 nm. breadth 3,66 1,

depili LAT Mob bindre lO}. ac Murar Bay (Ceduna me

31. The Vessel was eventually wreeked ut Avonl Biuy

on 20) May (9877 while enaved in fobster fishing

(Heritage Broneh les — Depanmenr fie Lnyoonnent

tind Llerituge. SA).

used the Schooner Sunbeam (Fig. 2) hat was owned

by Lloyd te transport people. stock, goods and

produce between the island and the mainland. A

landing place with derricks was established an the

north side of Petrel Bay for foading und unloading

eared, A fonp metre dinghy was used to tranship

vuods between the Shedim and the derricks, A

stone woolshed and yards were constucted directly

above the boat landing A stone wall wits also built

across. the northeast arm of the island te contain

stock. and fany Wire fences were erected elsewhere.

A well dug behind the dunes above Petrel Buy, near

io the (wo houses. as well us mutiwater tanks,

provided w pood source of fresh water’,

After 1914 the ubility of the island to, hold stack

beeamie ulitenable, due to the best water springs, near

ihe liphthotise, becoming biter, and as a resull of

drought conditions Lor the three previous yeirs. I

has been chumed that the problem with the springs

was brought about by an earthquake’ bul

overstocking io conjunction wilh the drought would

stain the likely cause. Sheep nuorbers during this

period drepped 16 150_ In desperation animihs were

spread over nearby ishinds (Robinson eal 1996).

seb 2 CENTS dred

SAW LOQTOT LY fated

Sass CE PTTL Mates,

SOSA AS ERESDAWIN BEI OV TTES A MONI B Ss Madetitiis

Olfieg of Comune Wilts, Adelie, Buuh $89 116

Sawyer Ob elo id

Hisnory, Hyoke Valanie 22 Poke 4) Senviee Delivery band

Senvteus Opi Depart! Hor Aclieinintmitive Qe Latorritian

Services: (S88 rater Lew Geld Paygeaia. Mae Sot,

GHoognphion! Manes byt Lane Servroys Cre Bepariwent

tor Admmmistnilive & Hilo Services.

' Sawyehee PIS L) dtd

A tnapie event occurred on 1) December 19t4,

with the disappearanee of William Arnold's wile,

Alice Lydia, on the north-west side of the istanel,

apparently falling From welt? Following Thomas

Lloyd's death in 1922, William Arnold contued

until 1932 when. probably as a result of further

drought and failing wool prices, he finally

relinquished the lease to Sander Hansen. the lessee

of St Peter Island. By 1939 the properly wis ho

Jonger viable and the Land Board decided to spelt it

for several years. bub agricullure was Hever again

ullempled, According to Clara Sawyer ber lather

William Arnold continued living on the ishined antl

ce. 19457. In 1967 the Isles of St Pruneis wore

dedieated as Puuna Conservation Reserves. then in

9724s a Conservation Park,

A lighthouse wis erected on St Francis [sland in

1924 und a surveyed section of the island leased to

the Commonwealth for this purpose’. This survey

produced i }927 shows the buildings. fenees and

(racks present al the time. The light, (¢ Chance

Brothers lantera mounted ona 10m high stech lattice

structure, way serviced annually hy ship and an

amphibious landing vrafl, with emergency repairs

carried oul by light plane. An airstrip was

comsiructed on the north-western side of the island

but. due te problems caused by sheurwaters

burrowing the surliee, this was finally abandoned

when the original light was replaced by a battery

powered uml serviced by helicopter (Fig, 1).

Physica Remains

Apart from the lighthouse and abandoned aiestrip,

the only physical evidence of past human wetivity

that was located and recorded during the 2002

expedition ta Sf Praneis Island originited fron) tie

pastoral and “uno mining endeavours carried oul on

the istand.

Presettlement Period

Searches were undertiken te lodite any evidence

of sealing and whaling sites without suceess. Tt was

hot expected that evidenee of sealing, aclivilies

would be found given the transient nature of the

industry ~ sealers generally moved from ishind ti

isha capturing their prey by clubbing or shooting.

and then skinning them for the valuable pelts. As

they had no need lo spend any Tength of Gine on and.

sealers tended not to build permanent structures,

The Arnold family are reported to have found

whale bones ih Petre! Biry, St Franeis Island, and on

Fenelon Islond®) Petrel Bay on the north-east side of

the island provides ideal shelter, and while it ts

possible that a whaling station was established

ashore, ax was (he case with St Peter und Coal

Islands, no evidence was located, An unstccess fil

scurell Was also made for a lookout site, asimilly a

SETTLEMENT HISTORY SI]

Bare rock

Bare sand

0 500 {000 1500 Metres

EE

an

199 190 North Point

yp 19h

193

20

a Airstrip (abandoned)

Fig. 3. A map of St Francis Island showing the locations of the physical remains from the pastoral period on the island.

Numbers on map relate to physical remains detailed under Pastoral Period,

a2 0K ABNOTT, S. 1, LAURLRCE & &,M, WAC

telllale sien of whaling activity, on the south, north

and qust sides of the island, Tis more than likely that

Whaling Vessels ised the anchorage it Petre! Bay,

and possibly ventured or cainped ashore at tines, hut

no evidence was. found,

According In the reminiscences of Clara Sawyet,

pieces ol crockery and copper nails, (mast likely

originating from the wreek of the MWestemea), would

wheoyer al tities on the beach in the forth-vast

corner of Pelrel Bay, She also reported that her

father, William Arnold, salvaged the keel of the

wre Scurches were made along the beach in this

area of the bay ts well as cnderwater, without

suceess, Due lo the high build-up of sand along the

heach it is likely that any remaining material wits

buried,

Gustoral Perivel

The physival remains of this period documented on

St Fruneis (shind during the 2002 expedition are

shown on Figure 3 and ace deseribed below,

1, Old House (338912 By 6402834 NO, (Pig, be),

The Sold house’. the more southerly of the two, was

constructed &. (KOT for Thomas Lloyd aad William

Agbold, Additional rooms were added uy the orginal

budding to acconmmodite ereases: in the Arnold

jimily (Thomas Francis, born in 1897, and Chita

Elivabedh. born in 190]. both on mainland Tyre

Peninsula), as well asa firmband and a young wart,

with Lloyd vermaihing: single throughout his

el Paeine north-east and overlooking Peoe!

Bay. ihe six-roomed house is built of limestone sand

momar With au galvanised rea roof, and a limestone:

loneed yard fit the front. The main room, at the

northeast corner, hus a chimney en its qorth wall.

Twu above-ground, rendered limestone tanks are

uched tr the house. a squareone al the rear soull-

west corner, aid a eireular tink at tie south side of

the house, adjominge (wo rooms and verandah, whieh

seen la be iter additions. The house is in i

(ilapidited condition and the walls and root are

vovered by gratlitt,

2. Machinery Shed and Blacksmith’s Shep

(A38873 1, GIOQKIS Ny (higs fe 4a). A short

distinee, approxtimately 33 1, belrind the ‘old house’

jou Collipsed machinery shed and bhicksmth’s shop

built of bmiestone, with the most evident clues ta its

use being the remmaiis ofa horse draws reaper und y

Sawabre db EPPEL) fted

Sayevgte db CIM FL) vel

South Austhalial Wivths. Daiths & Minritaes: Reeds. OTe ul

Consumer Allis, Adelaide, ae 12

Soul Australie Births, Deattis & Maruges oct. (Too at

Canstiiner Stains. Adeline G82) (4d

SIS OT TOD) Ted,

par of bellows. A substanrkil ubove-peound,

rendered Hinestone umk didjains the shed at its south-

west end, Overall dimensions of the structure are

14.3 m width and 5.) m1 depth.

3, Possible Smokehouse or flanging Room

(338K66 F, 6402823 N) (Fig. Le), Approxtinately 10

m north of the machinery shed isu collapsed

limestone building of circular eonsirietion with an

internal diameter of about 2,6 m, und tinher door

frames sull standing of the west side, A seetion af

What appears ta be a ship's mush 0.4 im diameter,

stands upnght within the confines af {he ruins on the

vast side. The purpose of the building is unknown at

this stage. although i iy possibly have heen a

smokehouse and/or meal himeing ro,

4. Rendered Lintestone Tanks (339 05% lb 6402604

N), Thvee below-ground tanks i close proximity te

cach other, (wo rectanwulat dnd one eiren bir

5. Collapsed Limestone Wall

(339130 1. 6402674 N)

Building ind

6, Rendered Limestone Pink (A49020 EB, 6402836

N). Cireuku above-ground tank 5.0 nr diameler,

7 Square Iron Ship's Tank (339020 |, 6402846

N). OF riveted construction and sed (is 0 water tpk

K. Twe Lintestone Walls (338990 EO o402%50 NS

ne 338989 VL 6402862 NN). Possibly used uy ut

stockyard, the two walls af dry-stone consnnenon

are TES i apark FO. m an length and 70 high

Posts and wire have plse heen used us partol the

northern stone wall’s construction. ‘There js nu

evideuce of g vlosing fenee at each end

9 Rechingular Lintestone Structure and tron

Ships Tank (338968 FE. O402890 N), A reetanguber

structure With walks (28 m Tigh. and dimenstons of

S.4omn by 3.7, umd an aternal dividing wall An

entry is sittated in the external wall on the south-wast

side and the mtenial wall has @ gap to provide wecess

ty each internal space, Remnaits of wooden poles: al

the corners suggest the structure wis rooted, The

sqtuire iron ship's tumk on the torth-west side was

probably fed wetter from the stirueture’s rool, While

the purpose of the structure ts unknown. il may hove

housed poultry,

10. New House (338717 1, 6403008 Ny (li 4b).

the ‘new house? was constructed ©, L216) to

aceommodale a fiarmhiand and his wile, although

jhey did bot oceupy it as she refused to tive on the

island ft was oevupied for some years by Thomas

Armold and bis family’) Facing east and overlooking

SETTLEMENT HISTORY

Pie 4. Pliystkubrematns an St Piaeis island Te nuinheos in brackets veler lo Cie, 3.

shige) bhieksimi’s shup (2) shower a dorsediiwiircuper ddel pura bellows, He Views of dhe nether sie of the ' New

Hotise (10), 0) Diyestone will attoas Neth Paiar rly Be Remaisofthe deerivks at the fetrel Pane boat landing (16).

Vo Sheep yrds und shearing sheet remains at ert Pore hs) be Simalb elit op puane nna on the seuth-west side al

ie tytand (22

Petrol Hay. the five-roomed. hotse is constructed of

rendered limestone witha corrugated iron root. The

Nu reo. at the north-east earner, With) veruidial.

has u collapsed chimney on is north wall, An above

groin, rerdercd [itestone tink is utluched to the

Heide On Tis south sieley ily the tanks divided in tive

by cin dnlermal stone wall The house is ina

iHkipidated condition anc the walls are covered by

wall The rear room and ied roof have collapsed,

A front yard is enclosed by Tenees of iron and stone

1B)

A. Remain ofthe imehimery

construchon, with 9 aletined pally leading lo the

house, Two holes of unknown purpose have teen

due inthe limestone a few metres fron the hose on

is South side, These holes are over ane metre in berl

dept and diameter:

1. ‘Two Wells (338929 1) 6402907 Ny

rendered lintestone Wells, with one Hull or water.

Two

12. Intreduecd Lomarixs Tree (248008 |e, b42087

4 TKO ARNOTT.S. EJ CAURENCL & SoM, WACK

N), A planted tree oF Tanvarix or Athel Pine (Zeer

aphylla) surrounded hy cirele of rocks

13. Stone Walled Yard (338913 EL 6402993 N),

Yard consisting of three Hinestone walls af dry-stone

COMSETUCHON,

l4. North Point Limestone Wall (438782. b,

O403380 N). North-west point of the stone wall

(338723 [i 6403545 N (Fig. de). A wall of dtry-stoue

construction separating North Point fran the

remainder of the island, Probably used to contain

stuck duting shearing operations.

15. Gate in North Pomt Limestone Wall (338810

Pr, 6403382 WN),

6. Derrick and Landing (338976 F, 6403483 N)

(Fig. 4d). Two timber poled derricks above the boat

Janding, with one pole still standing and two poles on

the ground, The rusting remains of a winch dram,

chain and othee fittings are lying nearby. A

constructed ramp gradually slopes from the eliff top

down loa cargo platform above the derricks,

17. Stone Structure and Chain Above Derrick

(AS38973 bh. 6403505 N). Possibly used as an

anchoring point for top of derrick,

IX, Sheep Yards and Shearing Shed (338031 bk.

6403520 N) (Pig. de). Stone-walled stockvards ol

dry-stone construction divided by an internal stone

wall. The collapsed internal timber frames ofa stone-

walled shearing shed are evident in the south east-

corner, along with two rendered limestone tanks fed

with water fram the shed roof.

19 Soaks und Dams, A number of limestone and

mortar walls have been constructed to cereale clims

holding warer [rom soaks, springs and gullies, The

dams ure situated on the north, around both sides ol

North Point, aad on the south-cast side of the island,

below the lighthouse. They have been built on the

vranile base around the coast und range in: wall

hewht from 0.5 = 2.5

19a (338673 FE, 6403468 N). Collapsed wall built

Gl stove and morta

19b (338643 1. 6403430 Nj), Two walls [0m apart.

The lower wall is 10 p70 high, ane the upper wall is

2.5 in high.

Soutly Auairalinn Birils, (eats && Maorliges Revordis Olice ml

Consiiive Athair: Adelaide, IS 7) 108%,

South Austialii Burts. Deals & Marriiwes Records, OTe ak

Comsamer Adhith, Adelaide 287965

19e (338624 Fi, 6403400 Ny (Pig. Td Two wolls

IS mapart. The lower wall is |} im. high and the upper

wallis 1.$on high. Av iseribed slab of mortar (hig.

(b) nearby has initials and dates:

WBA I89? indecipherable} --presumably Willian

Berry Arnold

THA 1927 [indecipherable] - presumably Thorns

Franeis Arnold, William's son

The dites may relate to William's and ‘Thomas’

Marriages: Williand was nurried on 14 June 1896 and

Thomas on 17 Jane 1922" %,

19d (338614 F, 6403400 N). Stone wid mortar wall

0.5m high.

19e (338590 E, 6403374 N), Stone and mortar wall

1S om high, with # low wall to channel surfiee water

run-olf into the dam.

IOP (238903 EL 403704 SN). Collapsed wall of

mortar and stone.

| 9 (338934 Ti, 6403757 I), Good soak with water

ia natural rock depression mo evidence of dim

wills.

19h (339217 fe, 6405696 N)

Two small darnmed souks. P20 nr apart, on

northeast side of North Potut.

197 (339108 Ey 403582 N), Tridngulir din

formed by a low stone and mortar wall around a

sonitk.

19) (341262 , O40) K1S Ny. Remnants ofa low

wall constructed to contain spring water,

19k (340704 1 6401219 N). Trough and wall

compler,

(91 (340054 F, 6401207 N), Daiand fallen rocks

19m (340905 BE, 6401356 NY, Saal dam.

19n (340993 KE. 6401455 8) Small dans and sock,

199 (3390095 1 6403814 Ny, Simall dam,

20, Crug Mine (339043 EF, 6403557 N) (Fig. Le),

This extensive guano mine. beheved to be the lurgest

so far located in South Australia, is situated on the

south-east side of Sortly Point, [consists of a large

excuvated vbamber, 2.5 mm high, with drives ol

uround bso in height extending for about 100

inetres Under the limestone cupping. A supperting

column of rocks has been constructed just inside the

entrance of the main chamber. Phe area above the

SE TTEEMIENT TS PORY KS

mone entiince ts littered with stone cobble resultine

fron other diggings. Whilst nat analysed. the guano

i considered to be from penguins. Given the extent

of the mine. and its proximity to the boat kinding, the

wih extracled ts believed to tive been

commercially exported from the ishind.

21 Gino Mine (338830 b. 6405576 NW). A sinall

hole approximately 0.6 m diameter hus been

exenyated through the limestone capping to reach a

honontal fissure 1.0 m high contuinme pengum

guano. Andrea af about 3-7 ny square of euane has

beet Gaeavaled,

22) Guana Mine (338394 Lb. 6400981 NY (Mig. Al).

A Sinall guano nme Jocuted on the cliff top: at the

south-west side of the ishind still conlains 3 sual

hand truck used to remove the bags of guane,

23. Old Lighthouse (340743 bE, 6401747 Np.

Conerete foundation with rembant metal mounting

points, A small timber lranved and clad shed os

locuted nearby which contains two small band carts,

24. New Lighthouse G40716 L. G401680 Ny (Pie.

Hi. Conerete for (he new lighthouse was laid 24-1.

1973, The new lighthouse is a typical Mthreglass

cabin strueture surmounted wath a solar powered

Jit,

25. Rechingular Limestone Structure and Rendered

Limestone Tank (338735 bk. 6402400 Nj). The

collapsed remnants of a dey-stume and timber

construction are lying in close proximity to a cHeu lar

below-uroumdl Gimk. approximately 4.0 m in depth,

The remams.ofa limber water rough are lying on the

ground near the tank,

26. Brush und Wire Stockyards (33934 &,

402595 S). Remnants oF brush-and-wire stoekyards

and y race

27. trun Ships Chain (Sas873S EF, edO2517 Ny

Rusting stud-hik clin leated on the slope above

Potrel Buy.

28, Limestone Wall (340824 2. 6401289 WN). Wall

ofaury-slone construction erected at the end ofa post

dod-wire fence Time on the east coast of the ishrnu.

29) Bays of Guana G40704 Ey 6400586 N),

Collupsed stack of guano in decomposing hessian

bigs Gy sotth-ceast shore af the island,

Discussion

The history of the Isles of St Prancis embodies a

number of significaat elements i the carly history ol

South Australia, ranging froin the earliest European

discovery, the late voydwes of exploration, the

fargcly unrecorded activtlics of sealers und whalers

subdivision for pastoris, semlemenat on the ishane

ahd shipweeeks. Most of the physical cemains of

human settlement oi St Francis are those relating lo

the period when the islind was used as a small

pastoral holding Although it is one of the fow

reasumably sabstuntial island-based pastoral

properties off the South Australian coast.

comparisons can be drawn with equally ‘remote™

pastoral properties in the States far serth. in both

cases. there wits a need ta be almast totally sell

sullicient and structures were built la suppert both

the pastoral funetion amd the day-to-diy survival ol

the residents. Such structures typically included

dwellings. storave buildings (leed. implements.

provistuns). a shearing, facility. water storie,

stables. bhicksmith’s shop. Kitehen, yards and garden

and silerstruictures such a iment shed, smokehouse

und housing for poultry or pigs, The physical

remains analysed on St Pruneis Island represen

many of these aspects, but also melude evidence of

functions which are more specific to the island isell,

such us guano mining, laerites for the loading and

unfouding of cargo and the damming of springs. On

anumber ofthe vranite uiselbergs on the mainland of

Eyre Peninsula, catchment walls are commonly used

tw channel and collect rainwater Noweyer, the

majority of these structures oo St Franens tslund were

built to Colleet water from natural soaks, with some

Also huving extended walls te concentnite raiieater,

Although the islands in the group: have been

Conservilion Purks for many years now, with the

primary management focus bein on the natural

environment, the tangible remains of the earlier

setllament period on St Franers Pshaid add an eytra

dimension lo amy yistt lo these remote ishinds and

remind us thal they are still significantly intlucwecd

by their kuropean history.

Acknowledgements

The South Australian Research and Develupment

Institute committed a sii ficant amount of funding

to the expedition through the provision of their

Research Vessels Neorie and Geiser. along wath

lechinical support stall ound erew. The South

Austruhan Department for Environinent dined

Heritage supported the terrestrial program, The

University of Adelaide provided their ycssel

Thafasste and the Austeulian Geographie Society

coniribuied Financial support for the expedibon.

‘articulur thanks go fo Neil Chigwidden and his

erew on Veerde. who transported personnel and wei

to St Pruners bshind and ferricd-us to all the ishats an

86 T.K, ARNOTT, S, FE. LAURENCE & N.M, WACL

the archipelago where we needed to work, Thanks

also to the crew of the tall ship Exterprize for

transporting two of us (TA. SL) from Thevernard to

St Francis Island.

Thanks also to Michael Sincock of the South

Australian Department of Administrative und

Information Services, for providing access to Land

Title and Survey records for St Franvis Island.

References

Brow. Tob. (1898) “Letters from Victonian Pioneers”

(Public Library. Melbourne).

Brown. A. J (2000) “Hl-starred Captains: Plinders and

Baudin” (Crawford House, Adelaide),

Coorrr, H. M. (1953) “The Unknown Coast: being the

Exploration of Matthew Flinders along the Shores of

South Australia 1802” (Author, Adelaide),

Cuneston. JS. (1970) “Kangaroo Island” (Roebuck Press.

Canberra).

Davipson, D. 8S, (1935) The chronology of Australi

watercrall. JL Polynesian Soc, 44, (1-16, 69-84, 137-152.

193-207),

hyet. EJ. (1964). “Journals of expeditions of discovery

into Central Australia, and overland Irom Adelaide to

King George’s Sound, in the years 1840-1: sent by the

colonists of South Australia. with the sanction and

support of the Government: including an account of the

manners and customs of the aborigines and the state ol

their relations with the Europeans”. Facsimile edition:

original published London [845. (Libraries Board of

South Australia, Adelaide).

HALLS. C, 1971. The voyage of the Gulden Zeepaared, Proc.

R. Geog. Soe, dust. (S.A, Brapeti) 72, 19-32.

Rostoctou. Po & MeCarrmy, J. (1991) “Whaling and

Sealing Sites m South Australia”, Compiled by Paay, J.

State Heritaze Branch, Department for Environnient and

Planning, Adelaide.

Lamerkn R. 198) “The Great Kartan Mystery”, Terra

Australis 5, Dept, Prehistory. Research School of Pacific

Studies. Australian National University, Canberra,

Macuirr. A, (1921), An account of a trip to St Franets

Island, Proce. Ross Geog, Sac, of Atistralasia (S.A.

Branch). 21, 70-72.

Moore. (1. P, (1923-24). Notes on the early settlers in South

Australia prior lo 1836. /hid. Volume 25. 81-135,

(Adelaide).

Roninson, A. CANTY, P.. Moonry, PL & RuppucK, P(1996)

“South Australia’s Offshore Islands” Australian Heritage

Commission. (Australian Government Publishing Service).

Scuitppe, G. (1985) (Fd.) “Voyage to the Great South

Land. Willem de Vlamingh 1696-16977, (Royal

Australian Historical Society & The Australian Bank,

Sydney.) Translated from Dutch edition of 1976 by C,De

Heer. (see Appendix L. note &. p.165),

Scumpur. G, (1989) "Prom Seeret to Common Knowledye:

the Duteh Discoveries.” Chapter 7, pp 71-86 /n Hardy, J.

& Frost. A. (Eds). Studies from Terra Australis to

Australia. Occasional paper no, 6 (Australian Academy

of the Ehumanities, Canberra).

Spxton, R. T. (1990) “Shipping Arrivals and Departures:

South Australia 1627-1850; a Guide for Genealogists

and Maritime Historians” (Gould Books, Adelaide).

TINDALE, N. B. (1974) “Aboriginal Tribes of Australia™

(ANU! Press, Canberra)-

Verco, J, (1935) “Combing the Southern Seas” (Chapter

4). Ed, B.C, Cotton, (Rigby, Adelaide),

Wacr, N. M. & Lover, Bo H. (1973) “Yankee Maritime

Activities and the Early listory of Australia” (Research

School of Pacific Studies, Australian National

University, Canberra)-

THE ENCOUNTER 2002 EXPEDITION TO THE ISLES OF

ST FRANCIS, SOUTH AUSTRALIA: GEOLOGY,

AND GEOCHEMISTRY OF THE GRANITOIDS AND

VOLCANICS OF ST FRANCIS ISLAND

By G. M. FERRIis*

Summary

Ferris, G. M. (2003) The Encounter 2002 Expedition to the Isles of St Francis, South

Australia: Geology and geochemistry of the granitoids and volcanics of St Francis

Island. Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. 127(2), 87-106, 28 November, 2003.

Basement rocks of St Francis Island comprise two dominant units, the St Francis

Granite and Nuyts Volcanics, which are ~1630 million years old. These units are

intruded by three generations of volcanic dykes and two generations of dolerite dykes.

The St Francis Granite and Nuyts Volcanics are aerially restricted to the Nuyts

Archipelago, with small outcrops of granite on the mainland. The St Francis Granite

is a predominantly massive, high silica granite (> 75 wt% SiO,) with a low mafic

content (<2%). The Nuyts Volcanics comprise a felsic suite of subaerial volcanics

ranging from dacite to rhyolite (66.06-75.06 wt% SiO,), which may represent

localised ignimbrite flows due to the presence of flattened shards. Both the granite

and volcanics slightly post-date the St Peter Suite, which crops out along the

mainland coast in the Ceduna region. The St Peter Suite is characterised by an

expanded SiO, range (47-76 wt %) and has similar geochemical characteristics to

modern magmatic are rocks, consistent with formation in a subduction-related

environment. The NuytsVolcanics show geochemical affinities for formation in a

volcanic arc setting, hence suggesting that the western Gawler Craton was undergoing

subduction at ~1630 million years ago.

Key Words: Isles of St Francis, volcanics, granite, geochemistry, volcanic arc,

subduction.

Framydenions if tie Ruse Sacto ap S. dave (20038), P22). 87 LU

THE ENCOUNTER 2002 EXPEDITION TO THE ISLES OF ST FRANCIS, SOUTH

AUSTRALIA; GEOLOGY AND GEOCHEMISTRY OF THE GRANITOIDS AND

VOLCANICS OF ST FRANCIS ISLAND

by G, M. FERRIS

Summary

Pikine Gy MA (2003) The Licounter 2002 Espedition to the Isley of St Prangis. South Australian Geoloay woul

weuchennathy of the gritos and valeames of St Francis tshund. 7s. AL Sve. Se deat 127(2), 87-100, 28

November 2008.

Baremont rocks of St hancis Island compre hwo domi units, fhe St Francis Granite une Nuyts Voleaes.

which ale 1630 million yeas olf, These units are iniraded by three wenerutions of yileanic dykes and uve

generations of dolerite dykes. The St} raneis Granite and Nuyis Voluanies are derially restricted 10 the Mauyts

Arehipeligo, with sinallonterops oF arainite on the mstinhind. The St brandis Granite isa predominantly massive,

Hivhsiliva grime (975 wily SiO.) with alow mafie content © 240). The Nuyts Voleanies comprise st felsic suite

oF subse voleames ranging Trem dace to Myolte (66.06. 75,06 wit) SiO.) whieh may represent localised

Hgnimbrie flows die to the presence of Mallencd shards, Both the granite and voleamiey slightly post-dute (he St

Peter Suite. which crops oul along (he mitiniand coust in the Ceduna repion The St Peter Suite is eharuetansed

by an expanded SiO. range (47-76 wt Sd and has sina geachemicnl charaeteristes (oO modern magmatic are

rocks, consistent with formation ina subduetion-velsted enyiroument. The Nuyis Voleanies show weoehemial

allinities tor Conmation ina volcanic tre selling, henee suvwestiwe that the avestern Gawler Craton wats

undergone stbdiiction 4) L630 millon years ave

Kiy Worhs, Isles oF SL Francis, voleanics, vranite. geachemisiny, voleanie are. subdaichon

Introduction

St Franeis Islind, the largest island of the Nuyts

Arehipelagolis 35 km southwest oF the township oF

Cedunit on the west coast of Eyre Peninsula, South

Australia (Mig, 1), Eleven days were spent mapping

ibd collocting sumples-as part of Encounter 2002. ¢

senuilic expedition undertaken jo commemorate

the hiventenary of the meetmy of Matthew Flinders

and Nivolas Baudin, The geolowy of the island

comprises two dotimnant basement unis, the St

branes; Cirinile und Nuyts Volearics which are

-1630 millions years ald, These units are overlain by

a thick sequence of consolidated Pleistocene aeolian

dune sands, Whieh forms spectacular clits along the

southern) side of the island,

Backzround

In 1973, the South Australian Department of Mines

(SADM) sampled granitoids of the offshore islands

from the Great Australian Bight to Gull St Vincent

(Major 1973). This (rip was only ofa reconnaissance

nalure, with simples collected for perrological

description, Seven samples tron St Francis. Ishind

were submitted for petrology, with five rock types

reported: rhyolite. porphyrittc dacite. alkah: wranite.

metibastc dykes and vranophyrie granite (Majo)

1973). In Febriary 1974, SADM condueted

Viiioiils, Pewolsuin dnd Dndrey Dyastorn, Prins Tlusties al

Resources, South Ausifalian OPO Boy (ett AdohadeS, Mist S00]

hiclicopler survey of all offshore islands in South

Australia. This survey was also o! a reconnaissance

Nature with no geological mapping tndertaken, bur

sumples were callected for geochemistry and

petrology. A series of reports were produced,

detailing results of this survey (Phat and Crooks

IO8tabc TOR2Qub. JOR) In 1982 SADM

undertook geological mapping of St Franeis. Island,

As part of this (rip. two Honours students fram the

University of Adelaide Geology Departirent

undertook geological mappmeg projects on-St Praneis

Island (Morrison 1982: Rosier 1982),

Selected samples trom St Francis and olher ishunds

have been diated wie Rb-Srooand kK Ar

geochronology, with results summarised in Webb oe

ef (1982. 1980), U-Pb zircon seochronalogy af acid

voleanics from St Peter Island prodticed an extrasive

age OF 162712 Ma (Rankine af, (990) and 163143

Ma from St Franeis Island (Cooper.e/ uf, 1985).

Regional Geology of the Gawler Craton

Basement Rocks

The Gawler Craton is ananeient crystalline shield

comprising Archaewni to Mesoproterozoie meta.

sediments, volcanics and erinites, which have been

teetonically stable. wilh the exception of minor

epelrogenie movements. since - 1450 Ma (Parker

199), 1993), The stratigraphy presented in this

section is summartsed from recent Hteriture (Drexel

erul 1993: Daly 1996: Daly ef ud. 998: Ferris et cal.

202) and provides the gevlovival framework forthe

8K (i M. PERRIS

Suniclair

kilometres

Vig. 1, Location of St Francis Island.

following discussion of the geology of St Francis

Island. Due to ongoing mapping, the stratigraphy of

the Gawler Craton ts constantly being revised.

Recent U-Pb Sensitive High Resolution fon

Microprobe dating has defined new units and

provided constraints on the timing of deformation of

major structures on the craton (Teasdale 1997;

Fanning 1997). The basement siratigraphy of the

Gawler Craton is shown in Fig, 2.

Archaean

Archagan Sleaford Complex and Mulgathing

Complex form the basement rocks to the much of the

Gawler Craton (Fig, 2), These are lithologically

similar and comprise orthogneisses — and

parayneisses, mafic voleanics and syntectonic

granitoids (Daly and Fanning 1993).

The Sleaford Complex, confined to the southern

Gawler Craton where it crops out along the west

coast of Eyre Peninsula, is divided into four units

(Daly and Fanning 1993):

+ Dutton Suite granitoids

+ Unnamed Cineiss

+ Wangury Gneiss

* Carnot Gneiss.

The Mulgathing Complex occurs on the central

and northern Gawler Craton and comprises 10 rock

units (Daly 1986: Daly and Fanning 1993):

‘

}

}

‘A

Streaky Bay

* Metasedimentary Christie Cineiss

* Meta-igneous or metasedimentary

Kenella Gneiss

* Hopeful Hill Basalt

* South Lake Gabbro

* Lake Harris Komatite

* Blackfellow Hill Pyroxenite

* Aristarchus Peridotite

+ Mobella Tonalite and associated

synorogenic granitoids

* Unnamed cale-alkaline volcanics

+ Late-orogenic Glenloth Granite.

The Sleaford and Mulgathing Complexes

underwent regional deformation and metamorphism

during the Sleaford Orogeny at ~2440 Ma,

Palaeoproterozoic

Palacoproterozoic rocks are widespread in’ the

Gawler Craton (Pig. 2). and comprise

metasediments, metavoleanics and granitoids which

have been variably deformed and metamorphosed

(Parker 1993), The main stratigraphic units are

shown in Figure 2.

The Miltalic Gneiss (Parker e7 a/, 1981; Parker and

Lemon 1982) is a grey, migmatitic granite gneiss,

with a U-Pb zircon crystallisation age of 2014428

Ma (Fanning ef al, 1988). The Miltalie Gneiss was

intruded into the Sleaford Complex, and together

GEOLOGY & GEOCIIEMISTRY OF ST FRANCIS ISLAND

MO

Inferred margin

of the Gawler Craton

Faule

Sediuentard iver

Spilsby Suite

Mut jeela Gran bh

HR ithe Suite x

a

Uber Gaw ley Rune

Voleanigs

Lower Gawler Kange

Volonnir

St Peter Silite t

Tinkilla Suite

andl equi ves] ert

Moody Sui be

ane equivaletie

Moorabie Lurnat cer,

abd MeGregor Yolear jes

SS Browlvede/Doors Seb it

See Wallaron Grey

Myola Porphyry

Moonta Voleanies

Coober Pedy Ridge

parHgueisses

Donington

vite

Hutelidson Grvuq

Mount Wands Comptes

and Fativalents

Peake: Metemorphie

Mahel Creel Ride

% Mowlultaty fined sss

Mitalie Giueiss

Shewtord and

Mulgatlong Compl exes

Vidi) Perentiated Precambrian

QC} Basie bodivs

oe

bp Tarcoola +-~

Corunna

| Cong Lomerat

Fou, Tareouls and

Labyrinth Poriat ions

Tha

rs

fred J

ef

“

Inferred marzin)

of The fawier Crytoty

Leigh

Creek,

0 Lou

200 Kilometers fips

Gia Qabum COA 946 Projuetion Wonidistant lomie

Gawler Craton South Australia

INTERPRETED SUBSURFACE GEOLOGY

PIRSA Poblishing Servines ZO16RE UOY

_thterpreted subsurface geology ol the Gawler Craton (after Duly ef al, 1998).

uu GM, FERRIS

Hey form the base of the Hulchmsdn Croup (Parker

vod Lemon (982). The Hatehinsen Group and other

Palaeoprorens2oiv metosediments reflec! a period al

relative teeronic Stability and basin development,

The Mivechinsan Group is an ex tense sequence of

slalow chiste-and chemical marine sediients, with

ininor acid und mufie volcanies (Parker 1993), The

rue Uickness Of the Hutehinsen Groupe is uneertain.

hit Daly (1996) estimated.a total thickness of 4500

in, Parker ((980) subdivided the Hitehinson Graup

inte (liree main sequences;

* ou basal quartzite sequence (Warrow Quurtaite)

* a inixed chemical und clusne sequence

(Middleback Subgroup)

* upper pelitig Yadnarme selnst,

On the northern and western Gawler Craton

depocentres Jor Palucoproterocaie sedimennition

include:

* Tureoola Kingoolya area (Wilgena [ill

Jaspilite and overlying clastic sequence and

interbedded voleames of the Labyrinth

Farmaton)

> Poake and Denison Inher (Tidnamorkunu

Valeunies and overlying Baltucoodtia Ouartzite)

* Mount Woods tnlier

* Coober Pedy and Mubel Creek Ridges

* Qoldewares,

Following the depusiien of the above units. the

Gawler Craton underwent a period of orogenic

HeHVIY and associated magmatism. Inthe southem

cotlogd, the Ramban Oroweny wis delined as three

aistineh events; KD) front L845 to 1795 Ma, KD.

front 1795 to 1745 Ma and RD, from 1745 to 2160S

Ma (Parker aud Lemon 1982: Parker. 1993). The

orouveny Was been redefined its three nmiyor events

the Seill Event at - 1850 Ma whieh is constrained hy

intrusion of he Donington Surte (Perrds ef af, 2002),

KD. and KD, are now part of the redetined Kimbin

Orouenty and are constramnmed hy merusiou al the

Middlocanmp Grune at 1) 730 Ma woud the syie tu

posi-tectonic Moody Surte at ~ 1700 Ma (Ferris er eal

22)

The western Gawler Criton records ou multi-stuge

Proterovoaie feclonie history, begun with

vontingntal collision between (he Vowler Orogent¢

fone and the proto-Yilgarn Craton between 1740

and 1700 Ma (Daly erat 1998). This was probably

the initiation of the Karun Oroveny, although

major deformation within the Kahnjalt Mylonite

Zone (Kimban Oroweny) on the eastern margin of the

Giuwler Craton was occurting at this dine.

Continental collision wilbin the Fowler Orogenne

Zone produced mayor crustal thickening. whieh

resulted inthe formation ofa crustal suite of granites

bernween LOO and 1670 Ma (Hould Comples of

Tousdale, 1997), Within the Yarlbrinda Shear Zone.

these wranites are termed the Tunkilla Saite (Perr

2001, The suite and tty -cyulvilents are pre-

donyiattly felsic with wine ynatic dykes. hut the

full estent of Wis magnate event m still unknow

The intracraronic riff signature of these gramies 1s

most consistenl with u bavk-sre environment. wiven

ihe overall gompressive churacter al the rewion (es.

Zhi and MeCulloeh 1995),

Al ~ 1630 Ma. the St Peter Surte was intruded tale

the Nuyts Domain. within a continental magmatic

are setting, producing a sunte of tonalite to

eranodioritic rocks, similar in ehemistry to Avehiean

lunatic trondhyenmle vranodiorites. The Mfayts

Domain was amalgamated within the prote-Gayy ler

Block durmge the Palacuproterovonw gid

Subsequently cratammsed during the Mesoprotcrocatie.

Mesaprdterazarte

Puri, the Mesoproterozoie. the Gawler Craton

linderwent extensive felsic anorogenie magmiatisin.

producing the Gawler Range Volewnics and (iltaba

Suite granites (Fiz 2) The Ciwler Range Voleannes

cover un ures af ~25 G00 kn? aod are the dominant

Protero/oie oureropping ume on the Gawler Craton,

The voleanics comprise a series Of dominantly lelsie

lavas and iwrimbrites. with minor matic lavas.

The Mesoproterozole Miltaba Suite gruntles range

from syn- to posi-tectonic. wilh) granites locted

close to St Peter Suite rouks reeording postive dd

values, This indicates a juvenile source, possibly

related to basaltic uaderphaine of the subdueting

glib ul the base ol the erust i am overall veturn ta

huck-are extensional conditions,

Since the Gawler Range Voledinies amd [iltahi

Suite vramle inazmulisim, the cralon has been

relatively Stable. The Munjeela Giinite (Pig. 2) ts a

stall valume two miet ) garnet S-type wranite that

has a monazite erystallisation age of 1562-18 Mu

(Ferre 2001). The Manjeela ts interpreted to fave

formed during a period oF extension. which produced

foealised fult-hound basins. The basin related ty the

Munjeela Granite was subsequently buried, possibly

during reacuvauion af the Koontbba Pauly Zone At

1520) Ma, the Spilsby Sune was intruded oi the

southern Chiowler Craton and deposition of the

Corunna Convlomierate occurred of eastern Fyre

Peniisulia,

Rock Units of St Francis Island

Sr Francis Ishin comprises two dominant

basement lithologies, an alkali granite and aeid

yaleanles with minor voleanie und dolerite dykes

(Pig. 4), The alkali granite crops ation the eastern

side of the island, and the acid yoleanies crop oul ory

the western side. Overlyine (hese units are recen|

seditnents Meluding calearenites. calerete. soils and

beach sund (Piz. 3). The main sualigruphie units ute

GEOLOGY & GEOCHEMISTRY OF ST FRANCIS ISLAND oI

SURFACE GEOLOGY

tn

ws Lae

Lr ene

aot

: Lf2

Ln."

L22 “

Qhe 1"

Qhe

Qhe

{ Lo2 uf

LH

Nuyts Volcanics - Rhyodacite to rhyolite,

dark grey to pale brown, porphyritic,

with abundant enclaves.

Feldspar megacrystic rhyodacite dykes

Grey-black porphyritic rhyodacite dykes

Grey to pink, porphyritic,

flow-banded tryalite dykes

St Francis Granite - grey,

cr homblendefpyroxeng. Beating granite

Leucogranite - white - Bink,

fine to medium grained,

intrudes L-n

Black, fine to medium grained

12 dobrite dykes a

g Shear Zone

Quartz Veins

Qhe Modern beach sand

Q Undifferentiated Quaternary sediments

(including Bridgewater Formation)

St Francis Island — South Australia

woberich & Landing

Qhe

St. Francis Island

Q

uty

Lf ie

a, XN

uf

: “Lng

Ln

Ln3

uA

a

~Geduna

St Francis

Island

LA

L22

122 tnt

uf

Lft

Lnt

Qh

L22 -

Ln Ghe

Ln _bn2

LA

L22

un

Ln

tnt

Lf

500 1000 Meters

a _ ee

Datum GDA 94 - MGA Zone 53

* MINERALS

“ep PETROLEUM

ot South Austentia & EHERGY

gB) rroawy poesraws

cs AND RESOURCES 54

PIRSA Publishing Services 201685_003

Fig. 3. Geological map of St Francis Island.

92 G, M, FERRIS

described in more detail below, The focus of this

paper is the basement units of St Francis Island,

henee the only younger unit, the Bridgewater

Formation, is discussed briefly first.

Bridgewater Formation

The Bridgewater Formation comprises a sequence

of white-fawn acolian calcarenite and fawn reddish

brown. silts, which represent coastal acolian and

loess deposits. Coastal dunes were deposited in a

high-energy littoral and aeolian environment,

forming irregular hummocky dunes with tabular

foresety up to 10 m thick (Fig. 4). The dunes

dominantly consist of comminuted shell fragments.

Interbedded horizons of silts and loess are thinner

and contain a basal concentration of angular calcrete

clasts and dispersed, smaller calerete fragments (Fig.

5). The Bridgewater Formation unconformably

overlics basement rocks with no Tertiary sediments

observed (Fig. 6). These aeolianites are part of a

widespread Middle to Late Pleistocene coastal and

inland dune systems. During Bridgewater Formation

deposition, episodes of sediment accumulation were

interspersed with erosion and arid pedogenesis,

producing multiple horizons of sheet, nodular and

massive calcrete with carbonate soils.

St Francis Granite

The St Francis Granite (Flint and Rankin 1991)

occurs on St Francis, West, Masillon, Fenelon.

Smooth and Egg Islands in the Nuyts Archipelago.

and at Point Peter and Point James on the mainland.

U-Pb zircon dates of ~1630 Ma for the St Francis

Granite and Nuyts Volcanics suggest that these units

are possibly related to the same magmatic event

which also produced the St Peter Suite.

The St Francis Granite is pale grey to prey,

medium to coarse-grained, massive, homogenous

alkali-feldspar yvranite (Fig. 7), principally

comprising graphically intergrown quartz and alkali

feldspar, with minor plagioclase. Microcline ts the

dominant feldspar comprising up to 50% of the rock:

minor albite is present as small individual grains or

as microperthitic intergrowths with microcline

(Morrison 1982). The St Francis Granite is highly

jointed (Fig. 8), with the two dominant joint

directions being NE-SW and SE-NW. Kinsman

(1973) reported the major joint directions, based on

photogeological interpretation, as 012°, 000°, 140°

und 150°,

Malic content is low (<2%) and consists of

acvirine-augite, hornblende, and biotite, with trace

sphene, zircon and opaques, Lowder (1973) reported

the presence of the sodic amphibole ricbeckite.

Microprobe analysis of opaque minerals showed the

presence of ilmenite (FeTiO,) and pyrophanite

(MnTiO,) as small lamellae within magnetite grains

Vig, 4. General view of coastal chills of Bridgewater

Formation showing large tabular foresets.

Fig. 5. Detailed view of basal part of Bridgewater

Formation with coarse angular clasts af voleames and

valearenite within a finer calcareous matrix.

Fig, 6. Cross bedded and bedded Bridgewater Formation

unconformably overlying blocky Nuyts Voleanics.

GEOLOGY & GhOCTENTSTRY OP ST ERANCIS Ish AND %

; anes

: 2 ——

liek, 7%) Detwilel wen vl St Trane Granite showing

HOoeareyes, ares, ieee aed writes

Diy 2) fete OF UTS quite OMT WLIO Ae Pranens

Cini

(Morrison }982). On the southern side of St Vrancis

Islimd quarty veTiing, wilhin the peniite is common.

with two main sets treneing 140° nd S05. "Phe O50)

sel is cul by the 140° sel, Two zones of massive,

milky quate veining (Pig. 9) over on the southern

side of the ishind und whe vei set contains

anomalous aol (400 ppb)

Nits, Talcunies

The Nuyts Vuleanies. whieh erop out an St Peter

St Pravieis, Fiat and West Islands, comprises 9 suite

of felsic volcanics (S10, vontent of 46 7H wha)

huge iy composition from rhyodacite to rhyelite

On St Francis Island. the valewmes consist ob dark

wey (ind pink parphyritic rhyodaeite (Pig. LO) and

rhyolie (Pig. 1) The rocks contin white feldspar

phenoerysts yt te 20% of toll volume. Both allkalt

feldspar and plagiochiwe are present with scattered

quarts phenoerysis. Minor biotite (© 5%) is present iis

random Makes and may represent former hornblende:

Rare magnetite and imenile are present,

The Nuyts Voleanies contin -aburdait cnehives.

melding Mow-banded rliyalite (Mie. 12), coarse

addamellite clasts (bie. 13a) and moizodiopite clasts.

‘The groundmass is Hne-grained, quarlzoleldspathie,

and shows cones of sericite-rich layers, whielt may

represent) prinmiry Now banding,

The Nuvis Voleapies were originilly thought to be

partol the Gawler Runge Voleantes (1590 Mat), but

LU) Ph vireon geovhronglogy produced extrusive ages

of 163})3 Ma (Rosier 1982) for a rhyolite an St

Vraneis Ishind, und 1627) 2 Ma lorarhyalite from st

Peter Island (Rankin er ed, 1990),

On the custerm side of the island. three nsirrysy

shear vones are developed within the valoanics (rigs

4.14) Vhe shear vones are hivhly altered, with

Avernating seneieneh livers und quurtyo-

feldspathic biyers producing a banded appearance

(Fig, 14). In thin seelion, the guartvoleldspathic

ores CONTIN dissented quartz penoetysts Wa 2.5

Hit long. partly fragmented und sheared, as well ws

fenses of rehitively. coarse plagioclase, K-feldspar

and quarty (Purvis 2002), Opiugue oxides. serine,

clay und leucosene are disseminated and oeeur in

fimieloe Ural partly represent microshears, There are

also narrow veins with albire and minor Mhorite. wilh

a hinge lenticular vein. to 4 mm wide. meh in albite

erystiths 0-0-6 rant and interstitial patehes of Mluorite

to 2 Mm, Similar veins to 2 min wide hiwe K-

feldspar miore aburicdian tha atbite. and tehude

imberstitial Fluoride, Rare tine-eramed pyrite is

disseminaled (Purvis. 2002) Areas of coarser

quarivoteldspathic material vs wells How-rextired

an aveully Sehistose urcds euniposed al yurtas I=

teldspar and minor sencite, may be famine, Minor

oxide is disseminidted, Obe of the harrow shear aaies

also Tite Hiehualicars wallt serene sind elilorite, sas

d CG, M. FERRIS

well as abundant intersecting fractures and less

abundant ptygmatic veins filled by epidote 4

chlorite. This seems to represent a sheared and

ultered rhyodacite, possibly an ignimbrite (Purvis

2002).

Fig. 11, Detailed yiew of a sample of Porphyritic rhyolite,

Fig. 12, Poelave of fow-banded rhyolite within Nuyts

Volcanics.

VOLCANIC DYKES

Three suites of volcanic dykes associated with the

Nuyts Voleanics (Ln,,) intrude both the volcanics

and St Francis Granite (Fig. 3). Ln, comprises a

highly porphytitic rhyodacite with ~50% coarse

feldspar phenocrysts (Fig. 15). These dykes only

occur on the eastern side of the island and contam

coarse enclaves of microdiorite and andesite (Fig.

16). The dykes trend ~050° and 160°, and are up to

12 m wide. Lny comprises a suite of narrow (up to 3

m wide) dark grey-black rhyodacite dykes with

abundant euhedral feldspar phenocrysts (up to 5 mm

wide) within an aphanitic groundmass (Rankin ef a/.

1990). One dyke on the castern side of the island

contains sheared margins, which show a sinistral

sense of shear (Fig. 17).

Ln, comprises a suite of grey to pink, flow-banded

rhyolite to rhyodacite dykes (Fig. 18), These are up

to 20 m wide and have prominent chilled margins

and trend roughly E-W.

Fig. 13. Coarse enclave of adamelhte within Nuyts

Voleanics,

Fig, 14, Detailed view of shear zone showing banded

appearance and highly altered nature of rock.

GEOLOGY & GEOCHEMISTRY OF ST FRANCIS ISLAND YS

Dolerite and Basalt Dykes

Dolerite and basalt dykes, which intrude both the

St Francis Granite and Nuyts Voleanics, are dark

green to black in colour and composed

predominantly of plagioclase and amphibole. They

are generally | 3 m wide, vertical to sub-vertical and

trend NE-SW and NW-SW within the major joint

sets (Fig.

margins.

19). The dolerites have thin chilled

Mig, 1S. Coarse grained. porphyritic dyke.

16. Enclave of andesite/microdiorite within course

uruned porplyritic dyke,

Fin.

Fig. 7, Sinistral shearing along margin of black rhyodacite

dyke,

They contain irregularly disseminated plagioclase

phenoerysts to 10 mm diameter, in a fine-grained

basaltic groundmass. The phenocrysts contain minor

to abundant epidote and are clouded with sericite,

Other altered phenocrysts, rich in epidote with

disseminated oxide crystals, were probably

pyroxene. The groundmass has abundant

unorientated plagioclase microlites to 0.3 mm long,

as Well as abundant microgranular or fine prismatic

Fig. 18, Flow-banded rhyolite dyke.

Fig. 19. Dolerite/basalt dyke intruded into Nugits valeanies,

St Francis island,

es (1M, PERRIS

—

My, 20. Leveoeranite Tytruding Nuts Voleanies, West eoust

St Franets Island

Sti roncels Granite

7 Volranie dykes

a

Nuyts Volcanics

—n

5B 70 72 74 76 78

SIOZ %

bin, 2EOSIO) histogram for basenient anits fram St Pranets

Island

Or Mens seeBebic PI

Legend

» Nuyts volcanics

* S! Francis Granite

x Volcanic dykes

AN Dolerite dykes

Piv. 22. QAP diugeam for St Fromers sind basement anit

(Fields are frou Steeekeisen, 1974)

clinopyroxene. Areas of chlorite and fresh or altered

biotite are also abundant. Minor (7 8%) fine

vraunular oxide is also dissemmniated,

Leneosranite

On the western side of St Francis tsland, a pink

leucogranite intrudes the Nuyts Voleanies (Fig. 20),

The granite is medjum grained, equigranular and

Inassive. composed predominantly of alkali feldspar

and quartz, with prominent chilled margins having a

fine-grained glassy texture. Narrow yeins of

leucogranite intrude the surrounding voleanies. Flint

and Crooks (1982a) suggested this granite to be

equivalent to perphyrilic leucogranite of Goat, Lacy

and Franklin Islands,

Methods

Geochemistry

A total of 24 samples were colleeted for this study

and assayed for a standard suite of oxides und

elements, including trace and rare earth elements

(REE), at Amdel Laboratories, Adelaide. Eighteen

samples from Rosier (L982) and Morrison (1982)

were also resubmitted for geachemical analyses,

Whole rock analyses of major oxides were by IC4E

(Induction Coupled Plasma), trace elements were

assayed using IC4M, REE were assayed using ICAR,

und Au, Pt and Pd were assayed by fire assay (FA3)

and ameasured by atomic absorption analysis.

Selected geochemical results for al] St Francis Tsland

samples are presented in Table 1, Selected sample

analyses from the PIRSA geochemical daiabuse. and

from Deve (1997) and Kright (1997), were

incorporated in the data set for the St Peter Suite,

Results

St Francis Granite

Major Plenrerts

The St Praneis Granite is highly siliceous with

SiO, ranging from 75.5 to 78.6 wt) (hig, 21), and

plots within the granite field on a Streekeisen (1976)

plot (Pig, 22). The granite has an alkali content of

KO = 4.04-5 4 wt"and NasO - 3,57-4,.44: the tor]

KO — Na.O varies between 8.2 and 8.76 wt, Ue has

low abundances of ALO, (av. 11.37 wee). TiO),

Meo (ay. 0.08 wt), CaO (av, 0.12 wt) and P.O,

(Table 1: Fig. 23), The granite plots within the |-type

field on a aluminium saturation mdesx (ASD. whiel)

is expressed as niolar ALOV({CaO | NaO KO),

The ASL values range between 0.92 und 1-07 (Pig,

24). The St Franeis Granite plots within the A-type

field on a Whalen ev a/. (1987) Ga/Al diavram (Fig.

25). High Ga/ALO, ratios have been considered is

diagnostic of A-type granites by Collins ef af. (1982)

and Whalen ete, (1987), On an APM ternary plot,

TiO2 % Al203 %

Totol Fe as FeO %

GEOLOGY & GEOCHEMISTRY OF ST FRANCIS ISLAND 97

72 74

Si02 %

CoO %

No20 %

K20 %

0.20

68 70 72 74 76 78

Si02 %

Fig. 23. Harker variation diagrams for St Francis Island basement units. (+ = Nuyts Voleanies; x = Nuyts volcanic dykes:

* = SFG)

ON GM, FERRIS

68 70 72 74 76 78

Si02 %

Fig, 24. AS] plot for St lraneis Island basement units,

No20+K20 %

3

10000Ga/Al

ig. 28. GwAl plot for St Frincis Island baseiment Units

(atter Whalen pf af. 1987),

Total Fe gs FeO

Calc-alkaline

* St Francis Granite

+ Nuyts Valcanics

» Volcanic dykes

Na20+K20 MgO

Kin 26. Weight percent K.O + Na,QO-FeQ-MpO (AM)

diagram for St Francis Island basement units.

the St Francis Granite plots within the cale-alkalme

field (Fig. 26).

Trace. and Rare Earth Elements

On an Rb-Ba Sr diagram the St Francis Granite

plots m the strongly differentiated field (Fig. 27).

The granite is depleted in Ba, Sr, P and Ti, and

enriched in Rb and Zr (Fig. 28). Wyborn e7 al. (1992)

subdivided Australian Proterozoic granites mito five

eroups based on Sr and Y contents:

I. I-type. Sr-depleted, Y-undepleted,

dominated

2. I-type, Sr-depleted, Y-undepleted. fractionated,

low in incompatible elements

3. L-type, Srdepleted. Y-undepleted, enriched in

incompatible elements

4. L-type, Srundepleted. Y-depleted

§. S-type, Sr-depleted, Y-undepleted.

restite

The Sr-depleted. Y-undepleted patterns are thought

to indicate source regions that contained plagioclase.

but not garnet. This is used to infer the depth of

source, With garnet source rocks being indicative of

depths =45 km (Wyborn ef al. 1992). The St Francis

Granite is classified as group 2 (Fig. 28).

The granite is undepleted in Nb and more enriched

in Zr relative to the Nuyts Voleantes, It is

characterised by significant depletion in Ba (range =

25 — 460 ppm with an average of 64 ppm), Sr (range

2.3 — 75 ppm, average 12.9 ppm) and P, and is

enriched in Rb, U, Zr and Y (Fig. 28).

The St Francis Granite is REF depleted, with an

average content of 92 ppm. LREE range between LO

and 100 times chondrite, and ITREE ranges hetween

8 and 40 times chondrite (Pig. 29). The granite is

characterised by a significant negative Fu anomaly

(Fu/Eu* ranges between 0.14 und 0.59, ayerage

0.21), which indicates strongly differentiated

granite.

Nuyts Voleanies and Volcanic Dykes

Major Elements

The Nuyts Voleanies haye intermediate to felsic

compositions (66.06 75.06 wt S104, av, 69.7 wtllo:

Fig. 21) and plot within the trachydacite

dacite rhyolite fields on a silica versus total alkali

plot (Fiz. 30) and within the alkaline yolvanic field

(Fig. 31) All samples contain <7) wi) SiO. with

the exeeption af R496901, which has similar

geochemistry to the St Praneis Granite (Table 1), The

Nuyts Voleanies are high in CaO (up te 3,23 wes,

average = 2.16 wi), medium to high ALO, contents

(12.6-16,37 wt. average = 14.9 wi) and are 1105

poor (0.17-0.39 wt ™o) The Nuys Voleunies are

generally sodic at lower SiO, levels and become

more potassic with fractionation (Pig. 23). Marker

GEOLOGY & GEOCHEMISTRY OF ST ERANCIS ISLAND OY

Rb

Bo

Pig, 27. Rb-Bi-Sr plot for St Francis Granite,

100.0

10.0

Rock / Primerdial Mantle

0.1

Vip, 28. Trace element primordial mantle normalised plot

lor the St Francis Granite.

St Francis Granite

Rock / Chandrite

Fig. 28, Rib chondrite normalised plat for the St Francis

Granite.

variation diagrams for Nuyts Voleanics are shown in

Fig, 23. The volcanics plot across the A-type and I-

type ficlds on a granitoid discrimination diagram

(Fig. 25) and plot within the L-type field on an ASI

diagram (Fig, 24).

Trace and Rare Earth Elements

The Nuyts Voleanics have significant depletions in

Nh (range 7 — 14.5 ppm, average ~ 10,75 ppm), Rb

(range 70 — 185 ppm. average = 132.5 ppm). ¥

(range 11.5 — 28.5 ppm, average 21.5 ppm), Ti (Fig.

32). The voleanies are relatively low in Zr (average

196 ppm) compared to the St Francis Granite (Table

1). They are generally enriched in Sr (range 17 650

ppm), with one sample (R496901) recording low Sr,

with all other samples all recording Sr contents >220

ppm (Table 1). Sample R496901 has the highest SiO,

content and has similar geochemistry to the

No20+K20 %

Fig, 30. Total alkalis-sihea plot of the Nuyts Voleanies sand

voleanie dykes (Piel! boundaries are alier Le Maitre

(L989)

Subalkaline

volcanics }

y +

a 4 +

” .

a Alkaline

i volcanics

10

NaZO+K20 %

+ Nuyts Voleonics

* Nuyts - dykes

50 60 70

Si02 %

Fig, 31. Major clement classification diagram for Nuyts

Voleantes and voleanic dykes from St Francis Island,

GM, FERRIS

1

2 La

rm. rn OS

—

ee pe eel

en

OF

yr)

10

cO'P

rt)

Flo

it

ts'0)

tu

TU

LENE

680) iit 060 £0] loo 6s" OY ON

Se NT sv 9 E ae re A

gs) cSt rs | sil se" se) WY.

Lo'tl iro th) SEO 6l0 oe AY

gs rc NP c re L9'() Sv WS

ss re L sy L er slit) ol td

ST $7 ine £ 0) re $ PN

! rs Se cl r9'0) ny

bl g| OF € s+] gs t ¥y

cy | YD yl or’ yet 690 SL’) | on a OH

gs vc y ive wT PS $9] Se ct PO

iv 600) tr) rh ai) ) 800 TrO CFO ny

S ime i) gs Lt oT HT rc Syl 1

£ t $ 9 Lt ST £ ve va sq

is ote 9 sh ore ral o6 119 SSP se)

(tudd) syudwia,y yey awey

(ey os 009 OOF OT ihe UWE Os WIE (YF O0L 00) tL

fot os Sle It ssl tc OF SOE SI (0c 6 A

no ge “E Hc re - EC re ct is t \'T |

re VI | | I ot) rl vi Vl t'| vl rl 4

ey fC L 9 L 9 v1 6 os ys Cie = Sh Bs

ONT iw ive QUT ies oHI (6) a oN] co Ne eT RI

Ssl \c eye fe Sol 9 fl $C sl strc Sil sel uy

6C YI s¢ SC fcc To et a ce YL YI "9

SX gl se ie fr $e s sf OF SC 1 (YP 8

(dd) suaunaya a.

st) S10) 910 LVO $0 Leo) YE ero S10 ODL eri sr YT) Ce “OW

10) 100 1 100 WO w'0 10 ral eee a) wd) L100) Wo 100 10") a) Ot ere “Ord

ctr LSet Nines ve CCP tot — bb't Nee 66r SNe try ct Lye 98't See wr We tle ON

w0 s.0 i) 0 810 YE) £00 10 £00 $00 utro 500) FOU Uh OUI

ri S10) V0 10 +0 Lo0 LO) 10 FOOD, or 90 tH Ay) LUO L0'0 OoN

fr LN ter SFr FUT Leb | RFP cor ORE OOP ROUT ist oT oop FS LY tf ON

wt 9 ch'l Le’ Ly] stt ttl r'0) 6s | ce Qu cy oT TIT «fl NUT OR

m0 | SSO c)'0 v0 0 cho CO ra] avg SO POO 10 0) 10 LTO fh 0 or)

Ti g8OL TENE ct th ul FOL FET TL TU cll rit cil cil eth) | tl OW

HERXL SNL 108 SOL LOLL OLE 6NLL (Ya a A CLL CLL cll SYL OL Sew “OIS

DNUPIR AULA YURI SUT AT yA oNeNT Oru ue auiera ita at AURA AULT QUIT UNI AUIS LIN

STON ATTN TOTO CETOM VETO O06YHF A LETU TT DRT HLODOF EH RNOVOR A FONYOFR LONYOPY N1OYHRU -RONIOPA LlOVHrY OCHRE

ONdINVS

PRS, SEIU AS Utogy saghenas Jad Sas BUD [paniayaeaty | WV

10)

NS on O6T =OST HE TEC we ale (81 Ole NE ETL wT MZ

et Stl te It SF uF ug ra Sst RT te st cyte | STO STE CET ta A

uot t ral a a a £ scl LY uf it yt “Ee ye Ul rel) 1

ra) wl ¥0) | fl Z rl ri 0) "I I I Vt v0 0 l Ud,

Us6 Kl alle UEC OCT ee Ll OOF Nec (YT (WC OYE (Le Ole 009 uIP Is

ry ial sul Sail UFC Oe OSI iL sll Syl Sel OYI O81 (tl OL SCI Oy

rh ol oN 6 ul oN tl EL sel STI a Tl | Sth SL 8 4N

sig oo8b Sel tr Ic Sli <tr Nl ELI Sul kl RL RL SS ol ell Fal my

VOLT O0Y OF! SEL Hurl Q0L1 WS] nye 00) Oe We) QOOL OCI Pa (0c OOS L OOP] oe

sl | ou Ol ru oF) psu at) LVu 6c fat) FEU gu eed sey) re) ce u Sou) RED OUL

[ft ov wo sO Fld xO at) cu Thu a0 soo SiO) AUO S01 inv Tl 910 LUO Od

sp eh Slr ofS top oOlh teh EER OTF ot oIWE 6th f6E 90 SUP gee slp tet ft ON

ivy ol) 00 TFT vo Lon oO Wo 60) 800 DOT’ 600 soo 0 80 QUIN

Mr uy oO OTD oD io ©6000 ESD SO io sso) BS TSO wl el LOL GEL Oa

6s) Tt Wr Ft rot 99 BE We GONE Ib IND ROE ve se Ff TE) ON

ul exh ReO TOT ONE eve OUT ue £ f6) 0 The. SBT tLe 6le ult sve ‘Od

é ths 900 SED EI igh =T yet TT | OOS SST og ee Te ETE OVD

Lib 690. (STL Ttl ert OTL = Vtl 1 rd ed ed | Sys! TOF LEOL TOW

ter felr BOLL IL 69 ye MOL L Vol te oo) = THY LOY wu TL 8D “ONS

MOCHEMISTRY OF ST FRANCIS ISLAND

GEOLOGY & GL

ta

TLOP Aap syAp -ay{p = aA ayap BQO DIUNDTOA MURI[OY SEAS

IUPITOA UPITOA 1

LOBDOPAL CECI OSCON — SOO9GRH SOA9HFH ICCUN — cO9bT A LOG9ORH TIOHGPH LITUM STO9OR CITV ORIOL SONORA FlOO6TH | 6d6r

IFIOA OMED]OA OMUEDTOA TTUD]OA WULIPOA ALUA}OA SuUeT|ON LIND

THY EH9GF LITO U1 H96FY TTI

ONdINYS

cers LT LAY REINO SULed ROROS ATRL = CL OST LO FIO ET Ttl Ls TYTCL Sy

TREE] tere TANTS ROPE SWGLE TESEL LRRL RLF Lett TLRS1 896 4TH [EO

Loo SO STS kk 8 ss T6'9L by) LL i Sct AN-A

1 a SofL NFL Ly che xely Th FFL] NC

wo PD PO HP Se0 Fy NTO sc) sr ol) aM

f§ seis L999 Io eolo FRR Ecol OST EC Og Erle 9ST “ug IS

fos C8 es OCh OER irs ce FR yy sos FS Irs ON

= OUN

Tuna Ms Mins UE AULT AU AUR PLU Ayurad LUT FUEL MMS AWA SIRT lun aU pN

Yrouy TSUN STOUR NTT SHIbYHre Hinder AUKYOFY LaSMArY

SOP SONYOrHe cTosare ATovore

ONdIWNYS

YEH URNYATE CET TETAS

(4

a

~

G. M. FI

5

10

SLLOL 89rL LETT Stree LL N0e STO £S'66C

cS Plt sr09 foc «IP lst | SOLE SY CST OP ET

9 vel Soo cece ce RE £

09 Le6 secl SI INTL cok

6011 spo | So r0 69

rc0 OL he 6S cSt)

cho SO L0G t6'6 tb 9t'K

Orc $6) ty0 9 880) Iv

im $8" ra Le rE Ul 8T

ral) £0) r0) Lo 9") ral) i]

wTrO | 870 | Spl 860 tr) tit)

£ $01 Ol Sa eg fr gL

Ve 0) F6l ssl g8 9 ST

tal LT iva cy Sle See tt

a] ge) a) £9'f) 99) ra) est)

0 ¢ $8 L9 9 Se 0S

ISO oF’) | $L'l stl oF sll

Ve ST'] os FO! 59 ee L

VI La iar ORO STL £9']

eC al t OT S S s 'b eI re

Yt Le re ss 6 £6 $6 sy ro gt

OL sc 9 Sul hal Sel Orl SL Ls $6

Muaop auajop ayAp oo ayAp — ayAP YAP YAP DTTRDOA AtuRDjOA aTuUPAN

LUOVOTAOETIM (ISTH SOGVGFA MNSHYOTA [CTO ENHVOFA [NHYATU TLAVETA LICH

Selec 9N'TST REOLT ESRI

QOETT NS8'SET 69ERT SO'ETI

LE Los OF ol

eeet Seek CU £f'6

Ly ry0 FL) SOT

cy") LY) SFO cr0

LYS £06 BOL

ps0 Is'0 Icl

LT re VI

oF) oF) a

cy") o8'0) ra

f L UF

VI ll 9

It 6r a

1g0) gr) Ic0

OSt og &C

I | oF 0)

y y ff

oF tl ral

re Ig st'l

gs gs S vs Ss

gs $ c

QOL 6 O01 6 Ol SOI cy

wo

FS 0L1

SL rl

1f'T6

OT EL

\

Fl)

tcL

Ell

$0)'|

&

[FO

IF

9

SC

ay)

rt

tro

re

scl

Cl

FC

wy

elo!

F091

SU

trol

L60

cc)

c8L

tl

SUTRT aSIY

ES PPT ATY (0

SIC GN+A

clel ANY

go0 NY

910 AS/4a

SOL ON+O7N

ipl OWORN

s

Sul qa

sc’) wy

Loo QL